About EDGAR Online | Login
 
Enter your Email for a Free Trial:
The following is an excerpt from a S-3 SEC Filing, filed by LTV CORP on 12/30/1999.
Next Section Next Section Previous Section Previous Section
LTV CORP - S-3 - 19991230 - DIVIDEND_POLICY

COMMON STOCK PRICE RANGE AND DIVIDEND POLICY

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol "LTV." The following table sets forth, on a per share basis for periods indicated, the high and low sale prices for our common stock as reported on NYSE.

                                                  COMMON STOCK
                                                     PRICE          CASH DIVIDENDS
                                                ----------------     DECLARED FOR
                                                 HIGH      LOW          SHARE
                                                ------    ------    --------------
1999
First Quarter.................................  $ 8.00    $ 5.00        $0.03
  Second Quarter..............................    8.00      5.32         0.03
  Third Quarter...............................    7.44      5.13         0.03
  Fourth Quarter (through December 28,
     1999)....................................    5.44      3.13           --
1998
  First Quarter...............................   14.56      9.50         0.03
  Second Quarter..............................   13.50      9.38         0.03
  Third Quarter...............................   10.44      5.25         0.03
  Fourth Quarter..............................    6.94      5.00         0.03
1997
  First Quarter...............................   13.63     11.63         0.03
  Second Quarter..............................   14.56     12.50         0.03
  Third Quarter...............................   14.38     11.94         0.03
  Fourth Quarter..............................   13.13      9.38         0.03

On December 28, 1999, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NYSE was $3.75 per share.

Since the second quarter of 1996, we have paid quarterly dividends of $0.03 per share on our outstanding common stock. In the future, our board of directors will determine whether we pay dividends on our common stock. These determinations will depend on factors such as our results of operations, financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions and restrictions imposed by our financing arrangements. The indentures governing the New Senior Notes and the 1997 Notes and the terms of the New Bank Financing currently limit our ability to pay dividends, and debt and other agreements we may enter into in the future may further limit or prohibit dividend payments. Our ability to pay dividends is also constrained by provisions in our preferred stock that require that we pay or provide for such dividends in full before paying dividends on common stock, and by relevant provisions of applicable corporate law.

29

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization of The LTV Corporation as of September 30, 1999, and the pro forma combined capitalization of The LTV Corporation as of September 30, 1999 after giving effect to the Acquisitions, the initial offering of the Preferred Stock to the Initial Purchasers, the New Bank Financing, the offering of the New Senior Notes and the borrowings from our Receivables and Inventory Facilities, and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. This information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of The LTV Corporation, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition of The LTV Corporation," "Description of Preferred Stock," "Description of New Bank Financing," "Description of New Senior Notes" and "Description of Certain Other Indebtedness," all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                                                JUNE 30, 1999
                                                             -------------------
                                                             ACTUAL    PRO FORMA
                                                             ------    ---------
                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities...........  $  167     $  167
                                                             ======     ======
Long-term debt:
  Receivables and Inventory Facilities(a)..................  $  100     $  215
  New Bank Financing.......................................      --        225
  8.20% senior notes due 2007..............................     298        298
  11.75% senior notes due 2009.............................      --        275
  Mortgage payable.........................................       4          4
                                                             ------     ------
     Total long-term debt..................................     402      1,017
                                                             ------     ------
Total pension benefit liabilities (including current
  portion).................................................     575        575
Total postemployment health care and other insurance
  benefit liabilities (including current portion)..........   1,648      1,699
Shareholders' equity:
  Series B convertible preferred stock.....................       1          1
  8.25% Series A convertible preferred stock...............      --          2
  Common stock.............................................      53         53
  Additional paid-in capital...............................   1,031      1,106
  Retained earnings........................................     466        466
  Treasury stock...........................................     (67)       (67)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss and other...........     (13)       (13)
                                                             ------     ------
     Total shareholders' equity............................   1,471      1,548
                                                             ------     ------
     Total capitalization and other significant
       obligations.........................................  $4,096     $4,839
                                                             ======     ======


(a) As of September 30, 1999, $90 million of letters of credit were outstanding under the Receivables and Inventory Facilities. On a pro forma basis, $240 million would have been available under these facilities as of September 30, 1999.

30

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only, giving effect to the acquisitions of Welded Tube and Copperweld by LTV. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations give effect to the Acquisitions as if they had occurred on January 1, 1999 or January 1, 1998, as applicable, and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet gives effect to the Acquisitions as if they had occurred on September 30, 1999. The purchases will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting whereby the purchase price is allocated based on the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. The historical condensed financial statements of the Acquisitions are derived from the historical combined financial statements of Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, Inc., and the historical financial statements of Welded Tube Company of America, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations and balance sheet include the respective financial statements of LTV, Welded Tube and Copperweld and the respective pro forma adjustments based on management's assumptions to reflect the combination. Both the audited and unaudited financial statements, contained elsewhere in this prospectus, should be read in conjunction with the pro forma combined financial information. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition had the Acquisitions taken place at the beginning of the respective periods nor indicative of future results of the combined companies. The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and final amounts could differ from those reflected in the pro forma condensed combined financial statements. Upon final determination, the purchase price will be allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on fair value as of the date of the acquisition.

The principal pro forma adjustments to the condensed combined statements of operations include (1) elimination of intercompany sales; (2) amortization of goodwill and other intangibles; (3) elimination of interest on debt not assumed;
(4) interest expense on the new debt issued to finance the Acquisitions; and (5) incremental tax effects of the pro forma adjustments.

In the table below EBITDA represents income (loss) before taxes on income, interest expense and depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA provides useful information regarding our ability to service our debt and other obligations; however, EBITDA does not represent cash flow from operations as defined by generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as a substitute for net income as an indicator of our operating performance or a substitute for cash flow as a measure of liquidity. Such cash flows are shown on page 38. In addition, our calculation of EBITDA is different from the calculation required by the Indenture and may be different from the calculation used by our competitors and, therefore, comparability may be affected.

31

                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                 ---------------------------------------------------
                                        HISTORICAL            PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
                                 ------------------------    -----------------------
                                   LTV       ACQUISITIONS    ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                 --------    ------------    -----------    --------
                                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales..........................  $  2,985        $651           $(27)(a)    $  3,609
COST AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of products sold........     2,722         550            (27)(a)       3,245
  Depreciation and
     amortization..............       197          25              6(b)          228
  Selling, general and
     administrative............       137          37             --             174
  Results of affiliates'
     operations................        28          --             --              28
  Net interest and other
     (income) expense..........         1           8             43(c)           52
  Special charges..............        39          --             --              39
                                 --------        ----           ----        --------
     Total.....................     3,124         620             22           3,766
                                 ========        ====           ====        ========
Income (loss) before income
  taxes........................      (139)         31            (49)           (157)
Income taxes...................        (6)        (12)             5(d)          (13)
                                 --------        ----           ----        --------
Net income (loss)..............      (145)         19            (44)           (170)
Less: Preferred dividends......        (2)         --             (5)             (7)
                                 --------        ----           ----        --------
Net income (loss) available to
  common shareholders..........  $   (147)       $ 19           $(49)       $   (177)
                                 ========        ====           ====        ========
Earnings per share -- basic and
  fully diluted................  $  (1.46)                                  $  (1.77)
Average shares outstanding (in
  thousands)...................   100,016                                    100,016
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Capital expenditures...........  $    156        $ 42           $ --        $    198
EBITDA.........................        69          64             --             133
EBITDA before special
  charges......................       108          64             --             172

32

                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                  --------------------------------------------------
                                        HISTORICAL
                                  -----------------------     PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
                                    LTV      ACQUISITIONS    ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                  -------    ------------    -----------    --------
                                         (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales...........................    4,273        863             (44)(a)      5,092
COST AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of products sold.........    3,773        715             (44)(a)      4,444
  Depreciation and
     amortization...............      259         25               8(b)         292
  Selling, general and
     administrative.............      184         52              --            236
  Results of affiliates'
     operations.................       49         --              --             49
  Net interest and other
     (income) expense...........      (23)         8              60(c)          45
  Special charges...............       55         --              --             55
                                  -------        ---             ---        -------
     Total......................    4,297        800              24          5,121
                                  -------        ---             ---        -------
Income (loss) before income
  taxes.........................      (24)        63             (68)           (29)
Income taxes....................       (3)       (25)             19(d)          (9)
                                  -------        ---             ---        -------
Net income (loss)...............      (27)        38             (49)           (38)
Less: Preferred dividends.......       (2)        --              (7)(e)         (9)
                                  -------        ---             ---        -------
Net income (loss) available to
  common shareholders...........      (29)        38             (56)           (47)
                                  =======        ===             ===        =======
Earnings per share -- basic and
  fully diluted.................  $ (0.29)                                  $ (0.47)
Average shares outstanding (in
  thousands)....................   99,849                                    99,849
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Capital expenditures............      362        123              --            485
EBITDA..........................      238         96              --            334
EBITDA before special charges...      293         96              --            389


Pro forma adjustments for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and the year ended December 31, 1998 were made to reflect the:

(a) Elimination of intercompany sales from LTV to Copperweld.

(b) The excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of net assets acquired (amortized on a straight-line basis over 35 years) and other intangibles (amortized over periods ranging from 5 to 30 years) is assumed to aggregate $259 million. This amount and related amortization will change as the allocation of the purchase price is finalized, including appraisals of fixed assets and intangibles.

33

(c) Pro forma adjustments to interest expense (assuming certain principal amounts and rates shown below) after reflecting the Acquisitions:

                                                             NINE
                                      PRINCIPAL    RATE     MONTHS    YEAR
                                      ---------    -----    ------    ----
                                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
New Senior Notes....................    $275       11.75%    $24      $32
New Bank Financing..................     225        9.28      16       21
Receivables and Inventory
  Facilities........................     215        6.13      10       13
                                        ----       -----     ---      ---
     Total..........................    $715                  50       66
                                        ====
Amortization of financing fees......                           1        2
Less: interest expense on debt not
  assumed...........................                          (8)      (8)
                                                             ---      ---
Pro forma total interest expense
  adjustment........................                         $43      $60
                                                             ===      ===

A 0.25% increase in the weighted average cost of this debt would change interest expense by approximately $1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and by approximately $2 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. Each $25 million increase or decrease in the borrowings under the existing working capital facilities would change pro forma interest by approximately $1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and approximately $2 million for the year ended December 31, 1998.

(d) Reduction of income taxes relating to the application of LTV's net operating loss carryforwards to the federal tax provisions of the Acquisitions. A full valuation allowance has been recorded to offset the non-cash tax benefits arising from the losses in the respective pro forma periods. These adjustments result in the ending pro forma income tax provision reflecting only cash taxes that consist of state, foreign and federal taxes including taxes of a less than 80% owned subsidiary of LTV.

(e) Annual preferred dividends at a rate of 8.25% on $80 million of our Preferred Stock.

The principal pro forma adjustments to the condensed combined balance sheet include the purchase accounting entries for (1) the issuance of $275 million of New Senior Notes; (2) borrowings of $225 million under the New Bank Financing;
(3) the issuance of $80 million of Preferred Stock in the Initial Offering; (4) borrowings of $215 million under our Receivables and Inventory Facilities; (5) reduction of debt not assumed by LTV; (6) adjustments of the net assets of Welded Tube and Copperweld to estimated fair values; and (7) excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of net assets acquired ("goodwill").

34

                                                     SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                      ------------------------------------------------
                                            HISTORICAL          PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
                                      ----------------------   -----------------------
                                        LTV     ACQUISITIONS   ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                      -------   ------------   -----------    --------
                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
BALANCE SHEET:
Cash and marketable securities......  $   167      $   8          $  (8)(c)   $   167
Accounts receivable.................      484        107             (4)(a)       587
Inventories
  Raw materials.....................      269         71             (1)          339
  Work-in-process and finished
     goods..........................      595         74              4(b)        673
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
     Total..........................      864        145              3         1,012
  LIFO reserve......................      (13)       (14)            14(b)        (13)
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
     Net inventory..................      851        131             17           999
Prepaids and other..................       19          4             --            23
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
     Total current assets...........    1,521        250              5         1,784
Investments in affiliates...........      382         --             --           382
Goodwill, intangibles and other
  noncurrent assets.................      233         21            208(c)        462
Property, plant and equipment.......    4,285        633           (240)(b)     4,678
     Less: allowance for
       depreciation.................   (1,186)      (240)           240(b)     (1,186)
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
                                        3,099        393             --         3,492
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
                                      $ 5,235      $ 664          $ 213       $ 6,112
                                      =======      =====          =====       =======
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
  Accounts payable..................  $   354      $  83          $  (4)(a)   $   433
  Other accruals....................      517         31             (2)(b)       546
  Lines of credit...................                   9             (9)(d)        --
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
     Total current liabilities......      871        123            (15)          979
  Long-term debt....................      402        206           (206)(d)     1,017
                                                                    615(e)
  Other postemployment employee
     benefits.......................    1,523         41             10(b)      1,574
  Pensions..........................      561         (8)             8(b)        561
  Other.............................      407         46            (20)(b)       433
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
  Total noncurrent liabilities......    2,893        285            407         3,585
Shareholders' equity
  Convertible preferred stock.......        1         --              2(f)          3
  Common stock......................       53          6             (6)(g)        53
  Additional paid-in capital........    1,031        107             75(f)      1,106
                                                                   (107)(g)
  Retained earnings.................      466        146           (146)(g)       466
  Treasury stock....................      (67)        --             --           (67)
  Accumulated other comprehensive
     loss and other.................      (13)        (3)             3(g)        (13)
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
     Total shareholders' equity.....    1,471        256           (179)        1,548
                                      -------      -----          -----       -------
                                      $ 5,235      $ 664          $ 213       $ 6,112
                                      =======      =====          =====       =======

35


The pro forma as adjusted September 30, 1999 balance sheet has been prepared to reflect the acquisitions of Welded Tube and Copperweld by The LTV Corporation for an aggregate purchase price of $770 million, the associated financings and the estimated direct costs of the Acquisitions. Pro forma adjustments, based on the application of the purchase method of accounting, were made to reflect:

(a) Elimination of intercompany receivables and payables between LTV and Copperweld.

(b) Adjustment of the assets and liabilities of Welded Tube and Copperweld to estimated fair value at the balance sheet date. The adjustment amounts will change as appraisals of fixed assets and intangibles are finalized.

(c) The excess of the purchase price ($770 million) over the fair value of the assets acquired less liabilities assumed is $267 million. Additionally, there are capitalized expenses of $22 million related to the cost of the Acquisitions and financing. Adjustments to estimated fair market value were made for inventory of $17 million, pensions of $8 million, other postemployment benefit liabilities of $10 million, noncurrent deferred tax liabilities of $20 million and elimination of acquired goodwill of $18 million. The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and final amounts could differ from those reflected in the pro forma adjustments. Property, plant and equipment have not been adjusted to their estimated fair market value pending completion of an independent third party appraisal.

(d) Elimination of $206 million of long-term debt and $9 million of current debt not assumed from the Acquisitions.

(e) Adjustment for the cost of the Acquisitions including the estimated direct costs of the Acquisitions and the associated financings. The net sources and uses of cash are:

SOURCES:
Preferred Stock.............................................  $ 80
  New Bank Financing........................................   225
  Borrowings under Receivables and Inventory Facilities
     Expected...............................................   215
  New Senior Notes..........................................   275
                                                              ----
     Total sources..........................................  $795
                                                              ====
USES:
  Initial purchase price of Copperweld......................  $650
  Initial purchase price of Welded Tube.....................   114
  Expected purchase price adjustments.......................     6
  Estimated transaction costs and expenses..................    25
                                                              ----
     Total uses.............................................  $795
                                                              ====

(f) Issuance of $80 million of Preferred Stock in the Initial Offering net of $3 million of estimated direct costs of issuance and financing.

(g) Elimination of the historical shareholders' equity of Welded Tube and Copperweld.

36

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND CERTAIN OPERATING DATA
OF THE LTV CORPORATION

The following table presents selected consolidated financial information and other operating data for The LTV Corporation for the periods indicated. The financial information is derived from The LTV Corporation's audited consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994. The financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 is derived from The LTV Corporation's unaudited financial statements. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The following financial information and operating data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition of The LTV Corporation," the Consolidated Financial Statements of The LTV Corporation for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998, and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In the table below EBITDA represents income (loss) before taxes on income, interest expense and depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA provides useful information regarding our ability to service our debt and other obligations; however, EBITDA does not represent cash flow from operations as defined by generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as a substitute for net income as an indicator of our operating performance or a substitute for cash flow as a measure of liquidity. In addition, our calculation of EBITDA is different from the calculation required by the Indenture and may be different from the calculation used by our competitors and, therefore, comparability may be affected. We determine the ratio of EBITDA to interest expense by dividing EBITDA by total interest expense plus capitalized interest expense. We have also provided the ratio of earnings to fixed charges. This ratio is determined by dividing the sum of earnings from continuing operations before extraordinary items, discontinued operations, interest expense, taxes and the portion of rent expense representative of interest, by the sum of interest expense (including capitalized interest) and the portion of rent expense representative of interest.

                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                      ENDED
                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ---------------   ------------------------------------------
                                                  1999     1998     1998     1997     1996     1995     1994
                                                 ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIO AND OTHER DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Sales..........................................  $2,985   $3,284   $4,273   $4,446   $4,135   $4,283   $4,233
Cost of products sold..........................   2,722    2,889    3,773    3,801    3,596    3,621    3,669
Depreciation and amortization..................     197      193      259      263      266      252      242
Selling, general and administrative............     137      136      184      164      143      142      133
                                                 ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
  Operating income (loss) before special
     charges...................................     (71)      66       57      218      130      268      189
Special charges(a).............................     (39)      --      (55)    (150)      --       --       --
Results of affiliates' operations..............     (28)     (32)     (49)     (41)      --       --       --
Interest expense(b)............................     (10)      (2)      (3)      (3)      (1)     (11)     (14)
Interest and other income......................       9       21       26       45       44       54       28
                                                 ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
  Income (loss) before taxes on income.........    (139)      53      (24)      69      173      311      203
Income tax provision:
  Taxes payable (refundable)...................       6        4        3       10       --        2       (2)
  Taxes not payable in cash....................      --       15       --       18       64      115       75
                                                 ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
  Total........................................       6       19        3       28       64      117       73
                                                 ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations
     before items below........................    (145)      34      (27)      41      109      194      130
Discontinued operations(c).....................      --       --       --       --       --       (9)      (3)
Extraordinary charge(d)........................      --       --       --       (4)      --       --       --
Cumulative effect of accounting change(d)......      --       --       --       (7)      --       --       --
                                                 ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Net income (loss)..............................  $ (145)  $   34   $  (27)  $   30   $  109   $  185   $  127
                                                 ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======

37

                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                      ENDED
                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ---------------   ------------------------------------------
                                                  1999     1998     1998     1997     1996     1995     1994
                                                 ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIO AND OTHER DATA)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Capital expenditures...........................  $  156   $  290   $  362   $  326   $  243   $  205   $  234
Depreciation and amortization..................     197      193      259      263      266      252      242
Cash flow provided by (used in):
  Operating activities.........................     (15)     186      312      397      495      756      716
  Investing activities.........................      (6)    (246)    (297)    (384)    (437)    (309)    (422)
  Financing activities.........................      87       (9)     (74)      40     (217)    (517)    (365)
EBITDA.........................................      69      249      238      335      440      574      459
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense............     3.1x     9.5x     6.9x    15.4x    26.4x    30.5x    20.8x
EBITDA before special charges..................  $  108   $  249   $  293   $  485   $  440   $  574   $  459
Ratio of EBITDA before special charges to
  interest expense.............................     4.8x     9.5x     8.5x    22.2x    26.4x    30.5x    20.8x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(g)..........      --      2.3x     1.0x     2.8x     5.1x     8.8x     5.7x
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and
  preferred dividends(h).......................      --      2.2x     1.0x     2.5x     4.6x     8.0x     5.2x

OTHER DATA:
Steel shipments (tons in millions).............     5.7      5.9      7.7      8.2      8.1      8.0      8.0
Number of steel-related active employees(e)....  12,700   12,700   12,800   13,700   14,000   14,400   15,300
Employee hours per ton shipped(f)..............     2.5      2.4      2.4      2.5      2.6      2.6      2.7
Steel capacity utilization.....................      98%      97%      95%     106%     105%     102%      99%

BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable
  securities...................................  $  167   $  349   $  311   $  520   $  674   $  723   $  693
Working capital................................     650      812      716      966      989    1,024    1,190
Property, plant and equipment..................   3,099    3,258    3,265    3,161    3,117    3,140    3,189
Total assets...................................   5,235    5,469    5,324    5,546    5,410    5,380    5,525
Total long-term debt...........................     402      363      302      355      153      150      183
Total postemployment health care and other
  insurance benefit liabilities................   1,648    1,668    1,676    1,699    1,731    1,736    1,763
Total pension benefit liabilities..............     575      558      585      565      672    1,048    1,197
Shareholders' equity...........................   1,471    1,716    1,628    1,676    1,710    1,375    1,283


(a) In the first nine months of 1999 we recorded a special charge of $39 million for the suspension of a pilot business systems project being installed at our Hennepin, Illinois plant and a salaried work force reduction already implemented. In 1998, we recorded a $55 million special charge for the closure of a finishing facility at the Cleveland Works, recognition of an asset impairment of an electro-galvanizing joint venture of which we own 50%, a shutdown of a production line for electric-weld pipe and a salaried force reduction. In 1997, we recorded a special charge of $150 million for the closure of the Pittsburgh coke plant. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition of The LTV Corporation" for further discussion.

(b) Excludes capitalized, interest of $12 million and $24 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively, and $31 million, $19 million, $15 million, $8 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

38

(c) As a result of the sale of the energy products division on August 1, 1995, the operating results of the energy products business for all periods presented are reported as discontinued operations.

(d) We recognized a cumulative effect change in accounting principle adjustment to expense start-up costs of $7 million net of income taxes of $4 million and an extraordinary charge of $4 million for the premium paid for the early redemption of $100 million principal amount of Senior Secured Convertible notes due 2003.

(e) The number of active employees at the end of each period at all steel operations.

(f) Employee hours per ton shipped is calculated as hours worked by all active hourly steel employees, divided in each case by tons shipped, and excludes employees of raw material operations and LTV-owned railroads.

(g) Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 by $129 million.

(h) Earnings were insufficient to cover the combined fixed charges and preferred dividends for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 by $131 million.

39

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE LTV CORPORATION

OVERVIEW

LTV is a leading North American producer of flat rolled steel and steel-related products such as pipe, tubing and pre-engineered metal buildings. Based on 1998 shipments, we are the third largest North American integrated steel producer, the second largest producer of flat rolled steel and a leading supplier of "quality-critical" flat rolled steel to the automotive, appliance and electrical equipment and service center industries in the United States. We are also the second largest manufacturer of pre-engineered metal buildings systems in North America. We operate two integrated steel mills, Cleveland Works and Indiana Harbor Works, various steel finishing and processing facilities and numerous tubular and metal buildings operations.

We believe that with the acquisitions of Welded Tube and Copperweld described below and their combination with our current tubular business, we are the largest producer of mechanical and structural steel tubing products in North America and the world's largest producer of bimetallic wire products, primarily consisting of copper-clad aluminum and steel wire for telecommunications.

We operate in three segments:

- INTEGRATED STEEL, consisting of our operations to manufacture and sell carbon flat rolled steel-related products including hot rolled, cold rolled and galvanized sheet and tin mill products.

- METAL FABRICATION, consisting of our operations to manufacture and sell tubular and metal buildings products. Our tubular operations produce pipe, conduit and other tubular products for use primarily in the transportation, agricultural and construction industries. This segment has been expanded through our acquisition of Welded Tube Company of America, which we refer to as "Welded Tube," and the acquisition of Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, Inc., which together we refer to as "Copperweld." We refer to these acquisitions together as the "Acquisitions." Metal buildings systems are manufactured through our subsidiary, VP Buildings, Inc.

- CORPORATE AND OTHER, consisting of joint ventures that utilize new steel-related technologies, and corporate investments and related income and expenses. Our joint ventures are Trico Steel Company (a flat rolled steel mini-mill) and Cliffs and Associates Limited (a venture which will produce direct reduced iron briquettes).

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

THE ACQUISITIONS

On November 10, 1999, we acquired all of the capital stock of Copperweld from Imetal SA for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $650 million, subject to shareholder equity adjustments. We believe that, based on 1998 shipments, Copperweld is the largest North American manufacturer of mechanical and structural steel tubing and the world's largest producer of bimetallic wire products.

40

On October 1, 1999, we acquired Welded Tube Holdings, Inc., the major asset of which is Welded Tube Company of America, from ANI Corporation Limited and Palmer Tube Mills Limited, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $113.5 million, subject to working capital adjustments. We expect these adjustments will increase the purchase price to approximately $120 million to reflect capital expenditures and the increase in working capital at the Portland, Oregon facility which recently began start-up operations. Welded Tube is the second largest North American manufacturer of structural steel tubing.

Combining LTV Tubular, our existing tubular business, with Copperweld and Welded Tube will give us a leading presence in what we consider to be among the most attractive segments of the tubular products industry. We believe these segments, which include mechanical tubing, structural tubing and electrical conduit, are attractive because they offer relatively higher margins and continuing growth opportunities, and are less susceptible to competition from imports. The three businesses combined operate 23 plants and employ approximately 3,500 people in the United States and Canada. On a pro forma basis for 1998, these tubular businesses would have shipped in excess of 1.5 million tons and would have generated revenues of approximately $1.2 billion.

INCREASED PENSION OBLIGATIONS

As a result of our new labor agreement with the United Steel Workers of America ("USWA"), our projected benefit obligations as of January 1, 1999 would have increased by approximately $300 million assuming the discount rate utilized at January 1, 1999. Pension expenses, on an annualized basis, would increase by approximately $65 million. No significant funding requirements are anticipated before the year 2002.

STEEL IMPORTS

During the last half of 1998, imports of flat rolled product surged to record levels, accounting for approximately 30% of total domestic consumption during this period. We believe that a significant portion of these imports has been unfairly traded. Following the issuance of final dumping determinations in the hot rolled trade cases described below, the level of imports of flat rolled steel receded during the first nine months of 1999 to 18% of total domestic consumption.

TRADE CASES

In September 1998, we joined eleven other domestic steel companies, the USWA and the Independent Steelworkers Union in filing unfair trade cases covering certain hot rolled steel products against Japan, Russia and Brazil. Despite the issuance of substantial final dumping determinations by the Department of Commerce ("DOC") against the three countries and additional countervailing duty determinations against Brazil, the DOC entered into suspension agreements with Brazil and Russia covering hot rolled steel products. Additionally, the DOC entered into a comprehensive agreement with Russia covering substantially all imports of Russian steel mill products into the United States. In August 1999, LTV Steel, along with other domestic integrated producers, filed suit in the U.S. Court of International Trade to nullify the suspension agreements the DOC negotiated with Russia and Brazil. Also in August 1999, three large Japanese steelmakers filed an appeal in the Court of International Trade seeking to reverse the antidumping margins imposed upon them by the DOC.

41

On June 21, 1999, we, along with other domestic integrated producers, filed cold rolled trade cases against dumped and subsidized imports from Argentina, Brazil, China, Indonesia, Japan, Russia, Slovakia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey and Venezuela. In July 1999, the U.S. International Trade Commission ("ITC") made a preliminary determination that dumped cold rolled steel imports from Argentina, Brazil, China, Indonesia, Japan, Russia, Slovakia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey and Venezuela caused or threatened material injury to domestic producers. The ITC also made a preliminary determination that subsidies on imports from Brazil caused or threatened material injury to domestic producers, allowing the countervailing duty subsidies against Brazil to proceed. On December 10, 1999, the DOC entered into a suspension agreement with Russia covering cold rolled steel products. We are continuing to monitor the surge in unfairly traded imports and its effects on our operations and anticipate that additional unfair trade cases may be filed. See "Business -- Trade Cases."

TRICO STEEL

Our joint venture steel mini-mill operation, Trico Steel, is located in Decatur, Alabama. Trico Steel, which is owned 50% by a subsidiary of The LTV Corporation and 25% each by subsidiaries of Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd. and British Steel plc, produces commercial high quality hot rolled steel. Trico Steel began commercial operations in the second quarter of 1997.

Trico Steel has experienced start-up equipment problems that have prevented it from achieving its rated capacity and product mix. Such equipment problems, as well as transformer outages, at the mini-mill have resulted in substantially reduced production through the second quarter of 1999, although efforts are ongoing to correct such problems. In September 1999, we replaced the second of two transformers that had malfunctioned in January 1999 and have continued to make substantial progress in ramping up monthly production levels during the last five months. Although Trico Steel has not achieved its operating and financial goals, in September 1999 it generated its highest monthly shipments and in November 1999 its highest monthly production level.

ADDITIONAL JOINT VENTURES

In July 1999, we announced the formation of two 50/50 joint venture companies with Bethlehem Steel Corporation to serve the automotive industry. Our total investment is expected to be approximately $125 million.

The first joint venture is Columbus Coatings Company, a producer of high-quality, hot-dip galvanized and galvannealed flat rolled steel. Installation of state-of-the-art hot-dip galvanizing technology has begun at an existing electrolytic plant, L-S II, our former joint venture with Sumitomo Metal Industries. The new facility will have annual capacity of approximately 500,000 tons of premium corrosion resistant steel for exposed automotive applications with production scheduled to begin in the fourth quarter of 2000.

The second joint venture is Columbus Processing Company, a steel slitting, inspecting and warehousing services facility for the automotive industry. Production is expected to begin in early 2000 and will satisfy the needs of the partners' automotive customers and provide steel processing services for other customers. The assets of this facility were purchased from Ohio Kanpoh Steel which ceased operation in May 1999.

42

In addition, we purchased from Bethlehem Steel a 16.5% equity interest in Walbridge Coatings, an electro-galvanizing plant in northwestern Ohio. This facility provides us with 33% of the available line time allowing us to satisfy our customers' needs for electro-galvanized steel sheets.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

COMPARISON OF FIRST NINE MONTHS IN 1999 AND 1998

Summary results from each segment are listed below:

                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   --------------------------------------------------
                                                          METAL        CORPORATE AND
                                   INTEGRATED STEEL    FABRICATION         OTHER
                                   ----------------    ------------    --------------
                                    1999      1998     1999    1998    1999     1998
                                   ------    ------    ----    ----    -----    -----
                                                 (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales -- Trade...................  $2,490    $2,770    $495    $514    $ --     $ --
Intersegment.....................      64        67      --      --      --       --
Cost of products sold............   2,374     2,531     412     425      --       --
Selling, general and
  administrative.................      88        89      40      38       9        9
Results of affiliates'
  operations.....................      --        --       2       4     (30)     (36)
Net interest and other income
  (expense)......................       1         1      --      --      (2)      18
Special charges..................     (39)       --      --      --      --       --
                                   ------    ------    ----    ----    ----     ----
Income (loss) before income
  taxes..........................    (133)       34      35      45     (41)     (26)
OTHER DATA (TONS IN THOUSANDS):
Steel shipments
  Trade..........................   5,400     5,587     334     360      --       --
  Intersegment...................     217       196      --      --      --       --
Raw steel production.............   6,365     6,200      --      --      --       --
Operating rate...................      98%       97%     --      --      --       --

INTEGRATED STEEL

Sales in 1999 decreased due to lower shipments and lower average steel selling prices as a result of the continuing impact of high imports that flooded the market in the last half of 1998.

Cost of products sold as a percentage of sales increased in 1999 from 1998 primarily as a result of lower average selling prices. During 1999, costs were impacted by $15 million incurred since August 1, 1999 for the new USWA labor agreement, $8 million due to the blast furnace reline at the Cleveland Works that began in September 1999 and $4 million for unplanned power curtailments and the resulting higher energy costs during the summer months. These were partially offset by cost reductions including lower purchased materials.

43

Raw steel production at LTV's steelmaking facilities decreased in 1999 due to the blast furnace reline at the Cleveland Works. For the nine months ended September 30, 1998, raw steel production was lower than in 1997 primarily due to the reduced operating levels in 1998 during the H-4 blast furnace reline at the Indiana Harbor Works. LTV follows American Iron and Steel Institute ("AISI") standards in calculating its maximum operating rate based on 95% of blast furnace capacity, which recognizes the average effect of blast furnace relines. Steel production may be supplemented with purchases of semifinished steel when demand for LTV's products exceeds production capability.

In 1999, a special charge of $37 million was recorded upon the suspension of a pilot business systems project being installed at the Hennepin, Illinois plant. The decision to suspend the implementation does not affect the implementation of LTV's other new business systems that are providing higher levels of performance in materials management, plant maintenance, purchasing, human resources and financial management. LTV also recognized a special charge of $2 million related to a salaried workforce reduction already implemented.

METAL FABRICATION

In 1999, lower average tubular selling prices and shipments by LTV Tubular were partially offset by higher metal buildings sales.

Cost of products sold as a percentage of sales increased in 1999 as a result of lower average tubular product selling prices and the startup costs of the new tubing facility in Marion, Ohio.

CORPORATE AND OTHER

Results of affiliates' operations includes steel-related joint ventures such as Trico Steel and CAL. The transformer failure that occurred in late January 1999 continued to impact Trico Steel's results into the third quarter. With the installation of a final replacement transformer in September 1999, Trico Steel had access to full power capability for the first time since December 1998. This permitted Trico Steel to generate its highest monthly production level in November 1999 and its highest monthly shipments in September 1999.

Also included in this segment are the start-up costs of CAL, a direct reduced iron joint venture located in the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago in which LTV has a 46.5% interest. CAL is progressing but with typical mechanical delays for a new start-up facility. Global market conditions for scrap substitute have improved in recent months and will provide an opportunity to increase production levels as full production capability is achieved.

Lower interest and other income resulted from decreased interest income on lower levels of investments and lower capitalized interest.

44

1998 COMPARED WITH 1997 AND 1997 COMPARED WITH 1996

Summary results for each segment are listed below:

                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     CORPORATE AND
                                       INTEGRATED STEEL       METAL FABRICATION          OTHER
                                   ------------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                    1998     1997     1996    1998   1997   1996   1998   1997   1996
                                   ------   ------   ------   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
                                                         (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales -- Trade...................  $3,590   $3,905   $3,813   $683   $541   $322   $ --   $ --   $--
        Intersegment.............      94      101       97     --     --     --     --     --    --
Cost of products sold............   3,308    3,445    3,417    560    456    286     --     --    --
Selling, general and
  administrative.................     120      120      117     52     32     16     12     12    10
Results of affiliates'
  operations.....................      --       --       --      5      4     --    (54)   (45)   --
Net interest and other income
  (expense)......................       1        3        4     --     --     --     22     39    39
Income (loss) before income taxes
  and special charges............      11      186      125     63     51     20    (43)   (18)   28
Special charges..................      52      150       --      3     --     --     --     --    --
OTHER DATA (TONS IN THOUSANDS):
Steel shipments
  Trade..........................   7,238    7,655    7,605    452    518    475     --     --    --
  Intersegment...................     287      285      282     --     --     --     --     --    --
Raw steel production.............   8,136    8,904    8,784     --     --     --     --     --    --
Operating rate...................      95%     106%     105%    --     --     --     --     --    --

INTEGRATED STEEL

Sales in 1998 decreased from 1997 due to a significant increase in unfairly traded imports that resulted in a 3% decrease in average steel selling prices and lower steel product shipments. In 1997, sales increased from 1996, primarily due to slightly higher average steel selling prices over the prior year and increased steel product shipments.

Cost of products sold as a percentage of sales increased in 1998 from 1997, primarily as a result of lower average selling prices and the H-4 blast furnace reline completed in June at our Indiana Harbor Works. Cost of products sold as a percentage of sales decreased in 1997 from 1996 as a result of an improved mix of steel products shipped and slightly higher average selling prices.

Raw steel production at our steelmaking facilities decreased in 1998 from 1997, primarily due to the H-4 blast furnace reline and reduced operating levels in the fourth quarter due to the impact of imports. The average operating rate was 95% in 1998 compared to 106% in the prior year.

We follow American Iron and Steel Institute ("AISI") standards in calculating its maximum operating rate based on 95% of blast furnace capacity, which recognizes the average effect of blast furnace relines. Steel production may be supplemented with purchases of semifinished steel when demand for our products exceeds production

45

capability. We re-rated our AISI capacity in 1998 which resulted in a 2.3% increase in rated capacity.

Selling, general and administrative expenses in 1998 were equal to the 1997 expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in 1997 from 1996, primarily due to higher costs associated with the redesign of business processes.

In the fourth quarter of 1998, Integrated Steel recorded special charges of $52 million that included the closure of a finishing facility at the Cleveland Works, recognition of an asset impairment of an electro-galvanizing joint venture in which we have a 50% interest and a salaried force reduction. In the third quarter of 1997 we recorded a special charge of $150 million for the closure of the Pittsburgh coke facility.

METAL FABRICATION

Sales in 1998 increased from 1997, primarily due to the inclusion of metal buildings sales for the full year. In 1997, sales increased from 1996, primarily due to the inclusion of $177 million of metal buildings sales since the acquisition of VP Buildings on July 2, 1997, partially offset by lower average tubular selling prices of 1%.

Cost of products sold as a percentage of sales decreased in 1998 from 1997 as a result of improved margins from metal buildings sales partially offset by lower average tubular product selling prices. Cost of products sold as a percentage of sales decreased in 1997 from 1996 with the inclusion of metal buildings sales and slightly higher average tubular product selling prices.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased due to the inclusion of the metal buildings expenses since the acquisition of VP Buildings in July 1997.

In the fourth quarter of 1998, a special charge of $3 million was recorded for the shutdown of a production line for electric-weld pipe.

CORPORATE AND OTHER

Results of affiliates' operations includes steel-related joint ventures such as Trico Steel and Cliffs and Associates. In April 1997, Trico Steel, a joint venture operating a flat rolled steel mini-mill in which we have a 50% interest, commenced commercial operations. Trico Steel experienced equipment problems that prevented achievement of its rated capacity. Such equipment problems continued although efforts to correct such problems were ongoing. The surge in steel imports in 1998 also negatively affected production levels at Trico Steel. Our share of Trico Steel's losses was $50 million and $44 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Also included in this segment are the pre-start-up costs of Cliffs and Associates, a direct reduced iron joint venture in which we have a 46.5% interest. Construction was completed and commissioning activities had begun.

Lower interest and other income resulted from decreased interest income on lower levels of investments and higher interest expense related to our 1997 Notes and were partially offset by higher capitalized interest.

46

INCOME TAXES

We recorded the following tax provisions:

                                      NINE MONTHS
                                         ENDED              YEAR ENDED
                                     SEPTEMBER 30,         DECEMBER 31,
                                     --------------    --------------------
                                     1999     1998     1998    1997    1996
                                     -----    -----    ----    ----    ----
                                                 (IN MILLIONS)
Taxes payable......................   $6       $ 4      $3     $10     $--
Taxes not payable in cash..........   --        15      --      18      64
                                      --       ---      --     ---     ---
     Total.........................   $6       $19      $3     $28     $64
                                      ==       ===      ==     ===     ===

Cash taxes consist of state and federal taxes including taxes of a less than 80% owned subsidiary. In the six months ended September 30, 1999 and the year 1998, we recorded a full valuation allowance to offset the non-cash tax benefit arising from the loss for the periods. Tax provisions of $15 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and $18 million and $64 million for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, did not result in cash payments because of pre-reorganization net deductible differences.

Under fresh-start financial statement reporting rules, tax benefits associated with pre-reorganization net deductible temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards cannot be recognized as a reduction to the tax provision but increase additional paid-in capital. Our cash payments for income taxes in the first six months of 1998 and for the years 1997 and 1996 were significantly less than the income tax expense amounts in the financial statement provision because of these pre-reorganization deferred tax assets. Our effective tax rate for financial statement reporting purposes was 36% for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, 40% in 1997 and 37% in 1996.

Our ability to reduce future income tax payments through the use of net operating loss carryforwards could be significantly limited on an annual basis if we were to undergo an "ownership change" within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. For the purpose of preserving our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards, Article Ninth of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation prohibits, with certain limited exceptions, any unapproved acquisition of common stock that would cause the ownership interest percentage of the acquirer or any other person to increase to 4.5% or above.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL RESOURCES

Our sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, cash from operations, long-term borrowings, amounts available under our working capital facilities and other external sources.

In 1999, total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities decreased by $144 million to $167 million as of September 30, 1999. During 1999, cash used by operating activities amounted to $15 million. Major uses of cash during 1999 included $156 million in capital expenditures and $91 million for investments in steel-related businesses.

47

In 1998, total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities decreased by $209 million to $311 million as of December 31, 1998. During 1998, cash provided by operating activities amounted to $312 million. Major uses of cash during 1998 included $362 million in capital expenditures, $80 million for investments in steel-related businesses and the repayment of the notes due 2020, as described below.

Our long-term financial obligations consist of the following:

                                          NINE MONTHS
                                             ENDED           YEAR ENDED
                                         SEPTEMBER 30,      DECEMBER 31,
                                         -------------    ----------------
                                             1999          1998      1997
                                         -------------    ------    ------
                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
Long-term debt
8.20% Senior Notes due 2007............     $  298        $  298    $  298
  Receivable and Inventory
     facilities........................        100
  Notes due 2020.......................         --            --        57
  Mortgage payable.....................          4             4        --
                                            ------        ------    ------
     Total debt........................        402           302       355
Pensions...............................        561           565       548
Other postemployment obligations.......      1,523         1,552     1,570
                                            ------        ------    ------
     Total obligations.................     $2,486        $2,419    $2,473
                                            ======        ======    ======

Our two existing working capital facilities, a "Receivables Facility" and an "Inventory Facility," provide us with up to $570 million of financing resources at prevailing market rates. Substantially all of our receivables and inventories are pledged as collateral under these working capital facilities. Following the Acquisitions, on a pro forma basis, $240 million would have been available under the facilities as of September 30, 1999.

The Receivables Facility permits borrowings of up to $320 million for working capital requirements and general corporate purposes, $100 million of which may be used to issue letters of credit. At September 30, 1999, $294 million was permitted to be borrowed; $100 million of borrowings were outstanding and letters of credit outstanding amounted to $10 million under this facility. The $100 million of borrowings was used to finance the October 1, 1999 acquisition of Welded Tube and in November 1999, we borrowed an additional $115 million to complete the Copperweld acquisition. The borrower under the Receivables Facility is LTV Sales Finance Company, a special purpose entity wholly owned by LTV, which on a daily basis purchases and pledges essentially all of the receivables generated by LTV Steel. The creditors of LTV Sales Finance Company have a claim on the assets of that company prior to those assets becoming available to other creditors of LTV or its affiliates.

Our $250 million five-year Inventory Facility, which we entered into on March 1, 1998, is secured by essentially all of LTV Steel's inventory through a special purpose entity, LTV Steel Products, LLC, a consolidated special purpose entity wholly owned by LTV Steel, which purchases inventory from LTV Steel and pledges it to secure notes that it issues under the facility. The Inventory Facility provides for credit, through the issuance of secured notes by LTV Steel Products, LLC, of up to $250 million for working capital

48

and general corporate purposes, $150 million of which may be used to issue letters of credit. Interest on outstanding advances will accrue at LTV's option at either a specified base rate or 1% above LIBOR. At September 30, 1999, there were no outstanding advances and $80 million face amount of letters of credit outstanding under the Inventory Facility. The creditors of LTV Steel Products, LLC have a claim on the assets of that company prior to those assets becoming available to other creditors of LTV or its affiliates.

In addition, LTV and substantially all of its domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries entered into the New Bank Financing contemporaneously with the initial offering of the Preferred Stock. The New Bank Financing will mature on October 31, 2004 and will consist of a single tranche of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $225 million, and was used to pay a portion of the purchase price of the Acquisitions and related fees and expenses. Obligations under the facility will be secured by substantially all the assets of the Copperweld Corporation and Welded Tube, other than receivables and Welded Tube's Portland facility. Loans under this facility will have de minimis scheduled amortization payments during the first four years from closing, with equal scheduled payments of $54 million at the end of February, May, August and October 2004. In addition, loans under the New Bank Financing must be prepaid with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and insurance awards, 75% (subject to reduction) of excess cash flow, 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain debt issuances and 50% of the net cash proceeds of certain equity issuances unless certain financial ratios are met (in which case no such prepayment shall be required). The New Bank Financing contains covenants limiting LTV's and its subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt and additional liens, make dividends and other payments with respect to its equity securities, make new investments or capital expenditures and sell assets. This facility also requires compliance with financial tests based on its financial position and results of operations, including a leverage ratio, an interest coverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio, all of which could effectively limit our ability to borrow or otherwise raise funds in the credit and capital markets. While we believe that we will be able to comply with these financial covenants, our ability to do so will depend on our results of operations, borrowing needs and financial performance more generally. See "Description of New Bank Financing."

Management believes that cash provided by operations, along with its two working capital facilities, are sufficient to fund the current requirements of working capital, capital expenditures, investments in businesses and joint ventures and other postemployment benefits. Due to the low production levels experienced by Trico Steel, LTV and our other two partners entered into a credit commitment in 1998 to lend to Trico Steel on a junior subordinated basis up to an additional $50 million. Our portion of such commitment is $25 million. The $50 million commitment is in addition to a $30 million loan commitment (our share is $15 million) made in 1998. Through September 30, 1999, we advanced Trico Steel $35 million against these commitments, with an additional $5 million commitment remaining from us. Trico Steel's working capital requirements will continue to be reviewed, and it is possible that we could decide to advance additional loans to Trico Steel on an "as needed" basis.

The terms of our 1997 Notes and our New Senior Notes contain various covenants, including restrictions on payments of dividends, share repurchases, capital expenditures, investments in subsidiaries and borrowings. At September 30, 1999, amounts available for future dividends and stock repurchases totaled $40 million, which amount was increased by the net proceeds of the Preferred Stock upon issuance thereof in the Initial Offering. We

49

do not believe that the restrictions contained in these covenants will cause significant limitations on our financial flexibility.

In 1998 we signed a new agreement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC"). Under the new agreement, we will fund our major defined benefit pension plans based on the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 minimum funding standards and additional amounts as appropriate. The new agreement eliminates certain required annual fixed contributions and contributions which were based on exceeding certain cash flow levels. Upon entering into the new agreement on December 2, 1998, we repaid the $62 million balance of 8.5% PBGC Notes due in 2020. We do not expect to have any significant obligations for pension contributions until 2002.

Since the second quarter of 1996, we have paid quarterly common stock dividends of $0.03 per share.

See "Acquisitions" and "Description of Certain Other Indebtedness."

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Our capital expenditures are directed toward market-driven requirements, customer service, productivity improvements, cost-reduction programs, new information technology, replacement projects and environmental requirements.

Capital expenditures for LTV were as follows:

                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  -----------------------
                                                  1998     1997     1996
                                                  -----    -----    -----
                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
Integrated Steel................................  $310     $310     $240
Metal Fabrication...............................    52       16        3
                                                  ----     ----     ----
Total...........................................  $362     $326     $243
                                                  ====     ====     ====

Our Integrated Steel segment has primarily invested in equipment upgrades, including the major reline of the H-4 blast furnace at the Indiana Harbor Works completed in 1998, and new technologies to keep our facilities cost competitive, improve productivity and enhance customer service.

Construction of a new tubing manufacturing facility in Marion, Ohio was substantially completed in 1998 at a total capital cost of approximately $50 million and was the largest capital expenditure in the Metal Fabrication segment. The plant began commercial operations in 1999 and has an annual processing capacity of 146,000 tons. The facility will manufacture high-quality tubing for the automotive mechanical tubing market, including for the manufacture of hydroformed parts.

We anticipate that total capital expenditures will approximate $300 million during 1999.

INVESTMENTS IN STEEL-RELATED BUSINESSES

Investments totaled $91 million in the first nine months of 1999 and $80 million in 1998, $101 million in 1997 and $79 million in 1996. Our strategy is to invest in growth

50

industries and steel-related businesses that complement our integrated steelmaking business. Recent investments implementing this strategy resulted in acquiring interests in companies engaged in metal fabrication and in companies with technologies providing new techniques and processes in the steelmaking process and products.

From 1995 through September 30, 1999, we have invested approximately $177 million in Trico Steel, a joint venture steel mini-mill located in Decatur, Alabama, of which we own a 50% interest. Trico Steel began commercial operations in April 1997.

In 1996, we entered into a joint venture, Cliffs and Associates, to produce and market high purity reduced iron briquettes as a scrap steel substitute for use in electric furnace steelmaking operations. We invested $84 million through September 30, 1999, representing a 46.5% investment in a facility which has a designed production level of 500,000 metric tons per year. The plant will operate on a planned start-up curve and full year production will depend on successful start-up of the facility and market demand.

We have small metal fabrication joint ventures which include a tailor-welded blanking operation, automotive steel processing and blanking operations in Mexico and international joint ventures in metal buildings operations that are located in South America and Mexico.

COMPETITION AND PRICES

Domestic steel producers face significant competition from foreign producers affecting both prices and volume. For the full year 1998, imports of flat rolled product from all foreign countries totaled approximately 20 million tons or 25% of domestic steel consumption, an increase of 43% from 1997 levels. A significant amount of the 1998 increase occurred after July 1998 as the last half of 1998 had imports totaling 30% of domestic steel consumption. Although imports for the first nine months of 1999 were 18% of domestic steel consumption, based on reports by the AISI, the effects of the higher 1998 levels have led to the reduced prices in 1999. The intensity of foreign competition is substantially affected by the relative strength of foreign economies and fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. Decisions by some foreign producers with respect to production and sales may be influenced to a greater degree by political and economic policy considerations of their governments than by prevailing market conditions. Currency fluctuations and reduced consumption by Asian markets resulted in a significant increase in imports in 1998.

We also compete with other domestic integrated producers, some of which have greater resources than us, and with mini-mills, which are relatively efficient, low-cost producers that generally produce steel from scrap in electric furnaces, have lower employment and environmental costs and generally target regional markets. Thin slab casting technologies have allowed some mini-mill producers to enter certain sectors of the flat rolled market that have traditionally been supplied by integrated producers. Industry experts estimate that current domestic raw steel production capacity will be increased by 2% by the end of 2000 as new mini-mills engage in start-up operations or begin operation.

Many steel products face substantial competition from manufacturers of other products, including plastics, aluminum, ceramics, glass, wood and concrete.

Our Integrated Steel segment's results of operations are substantially affected by small variations in the realized prices of our steel products, which are significantly influenced by prevailing prices for steel and demand for particular products. Shipments of 7.5 million tons of Integrated Steel products resulted in sales of $3.7 billion during 1998. A 1%

51

increase or decrease in the average realized price during 1998 would have resulted in an increase or decrease in pretax income of approximately $32 million. In 1998, the steel industry experienced price declines from the price levels of 1997. Price increases were obtained in 1997 from 1996 levels but average steel selling prices in 1998 were below 1996 levels. Competitive pressures, including increased domestic steelmaking capacity and rising import levels, limit our ability to maintain or increase current prices.

The Metal Fabrication segment's products are competitive with respect to market prices and have been less sensitive to pricing pressures.

Joint ventures have been one of our means for expanding our operations, and we expect to continue to make investments in joint ventures. Many of the joint venture opportunities that we are pursuing are start-up operations and require significant investments before becoming operational. The development, construction and start-up of such operations are themselves subject to numerous risks. After start-up, further investments may be required and significant losses could be incurred before any profits are realized.

On February 28, 1998, we ceased operations at the Pittsburgh coke plant and began the closure process. We established reserves for the cost of the closure and clean-up in the third quarter of 1997. Spending charged against this reserve through the first nine months of 1999 totaled $42 million. In April 1999, we completed the closure of the cold rolled finishing operations in the Number 2 finishing department at the Cleveland Works. The expense of this closure was included as part of the special charges recorded in the fourth quarter of 1998. There has been $2 million of spending against this reserve in 1999.

ENVIRONMENTAL EXPENDITURES

We are subject to changing and increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations concerning air emissions, water discharges and waste disposal, and the remediation of soil and groundwater contamination caused by releases of hazardous materials. As a consequence, we have incurred, and will continue to incur, substantial capital expenditures and operating and maintenance expenses in order to comply with these requirements. Additionally, if any of our facilities are unable to comply with these requirements, those operations could be temporarily or permanently closed. If, in the future, we are required to investigate and remediate any contamination at plant sites where hazardous wastes have been used pursuant to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, we could be required to record additional liabilities. We cannot estimate the cost of these potential liabilities at this time, but it could be substantial. In addition, certain environmental laws, such as Superfund, can impose liability for the entire cost of cleanup of contaminated sites upon any of the current and former site owners or operators or parties who sent waste to these sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal activity. Permits and environmental controls are also required at our facilities to reduce air and water pollution from certain of our operations, and these permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. Additional permits may be required, or more onerous conditions imposed in our existing permits as a result of increases in production or modifications to certain of our facilities.

We spent approximately $15 million for environmental clean-up matters and related demolition costs at operating and idled facilities during the first nine months of 1999, $24 million in 1998 and $16 million in 1997. At September 30, 1999, we had recorded a liability of $123 million for known and identifiable environmental and related demolition

52

costs. As we become aware of additional matters or obtain more information, we may be required to record additional liabilities for the investigation and clean-up of contamination. We also spent approximately $11 million in the first nine months of 1999, $14 million in 1998 and $32 million in 1997 in capital expenditures for environmental projects and expect we will be required to spend an average of approximately $23 million annually in capital expenditures during the next five years to meet environmental standards.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risk, including changes in interest rates and commodity prices. We use futures, primarily in zinc, nickel, tin and natural gas, to manage the volatility related to certain of these exposures. Gains and losses relating to qualifying hedges are included in the basis of the underlying transactions. Sensitivity analysis of the incremental effect on annual pretax income of a hypothetical 10% decrease in commodity prices for open futures at December 31, 1998 would be $4 million. Gains and losses on futures are generally offset by price changes in the underlying contract. The sensitivity analysis does not reflect the effects of these offsets.

We are also subject to interest rate risk. Our current debt consists primarily of our $300 million face value of 1997 Notes. The estimated fair value of these notes at year end 1998 would be $28 million less than the recorded value based on current borrowing rates available for financings with similar terms and maturities.

We have marketable securities that are classified as available for sale and are recorded at fair value which approximates cost.

See also the Financial Instruments note in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

YEAR 2000 READINESS

LTV

Although LTV does not currently manufacture any products containing embedded chips or any computerized products, LTV (like most companies) has been faced with the task of addressing the Year 2000 issue, which is the result of computer programs being written using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any of our computer programs or any hardware that have date-sensitive software or embedded chips may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.

Since the commencement of its Year 2000 readiness effort in late 1996, LTV has been engaged in a company-wide effort to achieve Year 2000 readiness for both information technology ("IT") and noninformation technology ("non-IT") systems for its consolidated operations. LTV has a Steering Committee for Year 2000 issues, which meets regularly and is comprised of high-level executives and other management personnel and Year 2000 consultants. LTV is primarily using its own employees to achieve readiness in most of its manufacturing and operations systems, augmented by outside expertise related to specific systems. We have contracted with its principal Year 2000 outside contractor (the "Outside Contractor") to achieve Year 2000 readiness with respect to its steel business and related information technology infrastructure systems ("Business Systems").

LTV's Year 2000 readiness program involves several stages, including (1) an inventory stage to locate programs and devices that may have date sensitivities,
(2) a risk

53

assessment and prioritization stage to determine the degree of noncompliance and the potential impact on LTV's business, (3) a remediation stage for affected systems and devices, (4) a test stage to determine if the repaired program or device is ready, and (5) an implementation stage to return the program or device back into operation.

The following table shows the our estimates of the stages of readiness of the Business Systems within its consolidated operations as well as its manufacturing and operations systems which include non-IT systems such as smart sensors, logic controllers, distributed control systems and embedded microprocessors.

                                               AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                 ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                Y2K
                                                             READINESS
                                    Y2K       Y2K IMPACT     OF OVERALL
                                 INVENTORY    ASSIGNMENT    INVENTORY(1)    COMPLETED
                                 ---------    ----------    ------------    ---------
Business Systems(2)
- Integrated Steel.............     100%         100%            90%
- Metal Fabrication............     100%         100%           100%
Manufacturing Systems(2)
- Integrated Steel.............     100%         100%           100%
- Metal Fabrication............     100%         100%           100%
Infrastructure(2)
- Integrated Steel.............     100%         100%           100%
- Metal Fabrication............     100%         100%           100%
Supply Chain(2)
- Integrated Steel.............      NA           NA             NA            100%
- Metal Fabrication............      NA           NA             NA            100%
Contingency Plans(2)
- Integrated Steel.............      NA           NA             NA            100%
- Metal Fabrication............      NA           NA             NA            100%


(1) LTV considers inventory "Y2K ready" only after testing to confirm that remediation, replacement and/or work around has resolved any material Y2K problem and such inventory is returned to production. All Integrated Steel systems are scheduled for completion by the end of 1999.

(2) Excluded from the table are unconsolidated operations accounted for by the equity method such as Trico Steel and various foreign joint ventures.

Because LTV's IT and non-IT systems are subject to continuous updating, we will continue to monitor any new or modified systems placed in service prior to the Year 2000 rollover date.

In addition to LTV's Year 2000 program described above, LTV has implemented a business systems project, which includes new purchasing, accounts payable, spare parts inventory, human resource and maintenance planning systems throughout its steel

54

operations. All of the above systems are excluded from the Year 2000 readiness program costs, which are disclosed below.

New outsourced benefit and payroll systems originally scheduled for implementation during 1999 will not be completed as expected. As a consequence, the existing benefit and payroll and related systems will be remediated for Year 2000 issues prior to the end of 1999. The remediation of the existing benefit and payroll and related systems is reflected in the "Y2K Readiness of Overall Inventory" reported above.

LTV continues to address the additional potential consequences that may result from unresolved Year 2000 issues and has queried material third parties, including suppliers, utility and other resource providers and customers to assess their Year 2000 readiness efforts. LTV has implemented a supply chain plan for most sole source and mission critical suppliers and customers. LTV has also developed contingency plans for its steel and steel-related plants, which assume the loss of electricity, gas and water. These plans include provisions for alternate sources of power and plans to manage the steel and steel-related plants to a safe condition followed by a staged recovery to help ensure employee safety and continued environmental compliance on the Year 2000 rollover date. LTV is taking action to prepare for the implementation of our contingency plans such as securing generators or otherwise providing for alterative sources of power and the establishment of command centers for communication and coordination on the Year 2000 rollover date.

In the event LTV and material third parties such as critical suppliers and/or customers fail to become Year 2000 compliant, a most reasonably likely worst case scenario could result in a system failure or miscalculation causing disruptions of operations, including, among other things, production difficulties, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices, or engage in similar normal business activities which could result in a material adverse effect on the LTV's business and results of operations.

LTV expects to spend approximately $63 million for its Year 2000 readiness efforts, with $8 million designated for remediation of manufacturing and operations systems and $55 million allocated for Business Systems. These expenses include replacing some outdated, noncompliant hardware and noncompliant software as well as identifying and remediating known Year 2000 problems. LTV expensed $14 million in the first nine months of 1999, $35 million and $8 million of these costs in the years 1998 and 1997, respectively. The funds expensed for Year 2000 are outside of the normal information technology budget. Because the readiness program is not yet fully implemented and is subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including the readiness efforts of material third parties, there can be no assurance that LTV will not incur material costs beyond the anticipated costs described above.

The cost of the Year 2000 project and the dates by which LTV believes it will be Year 2000 ready are based on its current best estimates, which were derived based on numerous assumptions of future events, including the timely remediation of the existing benefit, payroll and related systems, the continued availability of certain resources, third party modification plans and other factors. There can be no guarantee; however, that these estimates will be achieved; and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated. Specific factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, the availability and cost of personnel trained in this area, the ability to locate and correct all relevant computer codes and imbedded computer technology in a timely manner and the ability of the LTV's suppliers and customers to become Year 2000 compliant in a timely manner.

55

WELDED TUBE

Inventory, assessment, remediation, and unit and integrated testing of Welded Tube's business and manufacturing systems have been completed, and management believes these systems are Year 2000 ready. Welded Tube has queried its current critical suppliers and has received responses indicating that their systems are Year 2000 ready. Contingency planning at Welded Tube was finalized in November 1999.

COPPERWELD

Copperweld began its Year 2000 compliance efforts in early March 1997 with an initial goal to be compliant by December 1998. Reviews of critical information systems that impact operations and financial reporting were conducted to develop a strategy to address required changes to applications, hardware and software.

In early December 1998, Copperweld conducted extensive Year 2000 operating system and applications testing of its mission critical systems over a five-day period by actually simulating future data on the test system. All aspects of the systems were tested with minimal problems encountered and it was concluded that all mission critical internal systems were Year 2000 ready.

In addition, Copperweld has identified areas that require either hardware or software upgrades and plans are in place to have this accomplished during 1999 and primarily relates to upgrading of computer systems for Copperweld Canada. We believe that any problems encountered will be few and minor and will be remedied before they impact our business.

Testing has not been solely performed by internal sources. Copperweld's Year 2000 readiness program was audited by a third party, associated with Automotive Industry Action Group (AIAG), and received an assessor's rating of "green" which, based upon their assessment categories, classified the Year 2000 preparedness status at the Copperweld facilities as "low risk."

During the last few days of 1999 and into the Year 2000, we will have an emergency response team on alert to react to any unexpected system failure at the Copperweld facilities. Due to the extensive amount of testing completed and the associated favorable results, the worst case foreseen in the event of system failure is the inability to ship or produce for a few days. The expenditures related to the Year 2000 project have not had a significant impact on the financial results of Copperweld.

OUTLOOK

Although demand for the Integrated Steel segment's products remains strong and efforts to increase prices to appropriate levels continue, the recent price increases will not be sufficient to increase average selling prices to 1998 levels. In addition to the impact of lower selling prices, we will also be affected by the reline of the C-6 blast furnace at the Cleveland Works which began in the third quarter and was completed in November 1999.

The Metal Fabrication segment shows continued strong sales of metal buildings systems and tubular products in a robust construction market, while some pipe products are being negatively affected by reduced demand in the energy market and by imports. The Metal Fabrication segment results will continue to reflect the start-up operating losses from its new Marion, Ohio tubing facility in the fourth quarter of 1999. Results of Welded

56

Tube and Copperweld and the related interest expense of the new debt will be reflected in the fourth quarter since the date of acquisition.

The Corporate and Other segment will be affected by the start-up losses of Cliffs and Associates until sustainable production levels are achieved. Trico Steel has experienced substantial equipment problems, including but not limited to transformer outages, that have prevented it from reaching satisfactory levels of performance. Although permanent transformer replacements were completed in the third quarter of 1999, we cannot be certain that this will result in Trico Steel becoming profitable. In addition, interest income will be reduced as compared to prior periods due to lower cash balances.

57

SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
AND CERTAIN OPERATING DATA OF COPPERWELD

The following table presents selected combined financial information and other operating data for Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, Inc. (together, "Copperweld") for the periods indicated. The financial information is derived from Copperweld's audited combined financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994. The financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 is derived from Copperweld's unaudited financial statements. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The following financial information and operating data should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements of Copperweld for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In the table below EBITDA represents income (loss) before taxes on income, interest expense and depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA provides useful information regarding Copperweld's ability to service its debt and other obligations; however, EBITDA does not represent cash flow from operations as defined by generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as a substitute for net income as an indicator of Copperweld's operating performance or a substitute for cash flow as a measure of liquidity. In addition, this calculation of EBITDA may be different from the calculation used by competitors and, therefore, comparability may be affected. The ratio of EBITDA to interest expense is determined by dividing EBITDA by total interest expense plus capitalized interest expense. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is determined by dividing the sum of net income before interest expense, taxes and the portion of rent expense representative of interest, by the sum of interest expense (including capitalized interest) and the portion of rent expense representative of interest.

58

                             NINE MONTHS
                                ENDED
                            SEPTEMBER 30,             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                           ---------------   ------------------------------------------
                            1999     1998     1998     1997     1996     1995     1994
                           ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
                             (UNAUDITED)
                                         (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT OTHER DATA)
INCOME STATEMENT:
Sales....................  $554.7   $552.6   $711.0   $662.7   $427.8   $429.6   $432.1
Cost of products sold....   467.3    461.0    594.8    547.1    353.1    355.2    345.2
Depreciation and
  amortization...........    22.8     18.1     22.9     19.8     12.8     11.5     12.2
Selling, general and
  administrative.........    30.2     28.6     36.7     38.1     28.7     20.6     25.7
                           ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Operating income.........    34.4     44.9     56.6     57.7     33.2     42.3     49.0
Interest expense.........     7.5      7.2      8.0      8.0      4.5      4.6      4.3
Interest and other
  income.................     0.9      0.7      1.3      0.8      0.5      1.2      1.2
                           ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Income before taxes on
  income.................    27.8     38.4     49.9     50.5     29.2     38.9     45.9
Provision for income
  taxes..................    10.4     14.7     19.1     18.6      9.4     15.1     18.6
                           ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Net income...............  $ 17.4   $ 23.7   $ 30.8   $ 31.9   $ 19.8   $ 23.8   $ 27.3
                           ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Capital expenditures.....  $ 30.7   $ 52.2   $ 83.2   $ 30.8   $ 10.2   $ 20.8   $ 11.2
Depreciation and
  amortization...........    22.8     18.1     22.9     19.8     12.8     11.5     12.2
Cash provided by (used
  in):
  Operating activities...    44.3     82.9     54.0     34.4     28.8     42.4     25.7
  Investing activities...   (31.0)   (56.6)   (87.7)  (128.6)    (7.6)   (25.3)   (10.8)
  Financing activities...   (18.1)    31.1     39.4    100.5    (24.6)   (18.5)   (13.5)
EBITDA...................    58.1     63.7     80.8     78.3     46.5     55.0     62.4
Ratio of EBITDA to
  interest expense.......     7.7x     8.8x     8.3x     9.5x    10.1x    10.4x    14.2x
Ratio of earnings to
  fixed charges..........     3.9x     5.2x     5.3x     6.4x     5.7x     6.4x     8.6x
OTHER DATA:
Shipments
  Tubing (tons in
     thousands)..........   622.4    621.7    798.1    701.1    360.0    347.0    384.4
  Wire (pounds in
     millions)...........    64.3     52.3     70.3     73.5     70.1     65.1     62.6
Number of active
  employees..............   2,577    2,521    2,545    2,455    1,300    1,332    1,306

59

                             NINE MONTHS
                                ENDED
                            SEPTEMBER 30,             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                           ---------------   ------------------------------------------
                            1999     1998     1998     1997     1996     1995     1994
                           ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
                             (UNAUDITED)
                                         (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT OTHER DATA)
BALANCE SHEET DATA
(AT PERIOD END):
Cash, cash equivalents
  and marketable
  securities.............  $  8.0   $  2.3   $ 12.8   $  7.1   $  0.8   $  4.2   $  5.6
Working capital..........   110.2    106.8    117.2    119.2     63.2     60.8     20.2
Property, plant and
  equipment..............   295.8    258.4    282.3    228.6    134.7    137.7    125.8
Total assets.............   539.4    504.8    531.1    472.2    265.1    257.3    249.5
Total debt...............   154.2    136.6    163.7    164.6     60.4     70.9     75.7
Total postemployment
  health care and other
  insurance benefit
  liabilities............    40.9     41.7     39.9     41.7     32.0     30.9     31.2
Total pension benefit
  liabilities............    (8.2)     1.9     (3.5)     6.0     13.5     16.4     14.5
Shareholders' equity.....   213.2    188.9    199.4    135.9     91.1     82.2     71.4

60

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

LTV is a leading North American producer of flat rolled steel and steel-related products such as pipe, tubing and pre-engineered metal buildings. Based on 1998 shipments, we are the third largest North American integrated steel producer, the second largest producer of flat rolled steel and a leading supplier of "quality-critical" flat rolled steel to the automotive, appliance and electrical equipment and service center industries in the United States. We are also the second largest manufacturer of pre-engineered metal buildings systems in North America. We operate two integrated steel mills, Cleveland Works and Indiana Harbor Works, various steel finishing and processing facilities and numerous tubular and metal buildings operations.

We believe that with the Acquisitions of Welded Tube and Copperweld described below and their combination with our current tubular business, we are the largest producer of mechanical and structural steel tubing products in North America and the world's largest producer of bimetallic wire products, primarily consisting of copper-clad aluminum and steel wire for telecommunications.

We believe that our emphasis on value-added products and quality in our integrated steel operations has allowed us to become a leading supplier to quality-critical steel-consuming industries. We are a qualified supplier to all domestic automobile manufacturers, including foreign-owned transplant automobile assemblers. Our metal fabrication businesses are generally considered to be among the leaders in their respective industries and are highly competitive in terms of quality, service and cost. On a pro forma basis for 1998, we would have generated revenues of approximately $5.1 billion and EBITDA, before special charges, of approximately $389 million.

We operate in three segments:

- INTEGRATED STEEL, consisting of our operations to manufacture and sell carbon flat rolled steel-related products including hot rolled, cold rolled and galvanized sheet and tin mill products.

- METAL FABRICATION, consisting of our operations to manufacture and sell tubular and metal buildings products. Our tubular operations produce pipe, conduit and other tubular products for use primarily in the transportation, agricultural and construction industries. This segment will be expanded through our acquisition of Welded Tube and the pending acquisition of Copperweld. Metal buildings systems and components are manufactured through our subsidiary, VP Buildings, Inc.

- CORPORATE AND OTHER, consisting of joint ventures that utilize new steel-related technologies, and corporate investments and related income and expenses. Our joint ventures are primarily Trico Steel Company (a flat rolled steel mini-mill) and Cliffs and Associates Limited (a venture which will produce direct reduced iron briquettes).

The Acquisitions of Welded Tube and Copperweld serve our strategy of pursuing growth in metal fabrication businesses. We believe that the Acquisitions provide us with a leadership position in attractive segments, and that each acquisition complements our existing operations.

WELDED TUBE. Welded Tube is the second largest structural tube producer in North America. Welded Tube's products are used primarily for construction, structural support

61

and safety, ornamental and an extensive range of other tubular applications. Welded Tube differentiates itself in the marketplace by offering customers the option of purchasing its products with its proprietary Kleenkote(TM) coating. Kleenkote(TM) coating's benefits include: prolonged storage life, reduced material handling, easier marking and layout, reduced need for solvents and cleaners, easier weld splatter removal and reduced paint material and labor costs.

COPPERWELD. We believe that Copperweld is the largest North American manufacturer of mechanical and structural steel tubing and the world's largest producer of bimetallic wire products. Copperweld participates in all segments of the mechanical tubing business with a full range of mechanical tubing product lines, including drawn-over-mandrel ("DOM") and welded product types. Copperweld also offers a full range of structural tubing products. Copperweld's mechanical and structural tubing products are used in the automotive, agricultural and industrial equipment, fluid power, construction, recreation and office furniture markets. Copperweld recently entered the stainless steel tubing market and is developing its offering of value-added automotive parts, which are fabricated from mechanical tubing. In addition, Copperweld produces bimetallic, copper- clad steel and copper-clad aluminum wire, rod and strand used in the telecommunications and utility industries. Copperweld's bimetallic business has experienced relatively steady growth in both revenue and operating income over the past 10 years.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

Key elements of our strategy include:

- MAXIMIZING THE PERFORMANCE OF OUR INTEGRATED STEEL OPERATIONS. We seek to maximize returns from our integrated steel facilities by focusing on value-added flat rolled steel products, reducing production costs and improving productivity and product quality. Our continuing reinvestment in this segment is intended to maintain our quality, product and cost-competitive position in value-added flat rolled steel applications.

- GROWING OUR METAL FABRICATION BUSINESSES. We are actively pursuing profitable growth opportunities in metal fabrication businesses that are complementary to our existing steel-related manufacturing capabilities. Through acquisitions and internal growth in metal fabrication, we are continuing to diversify our overall product mix and are increasing the contribution these businesses make to our financial results. As part of this strategy, we are focused on integrating Welded Tube and Copperweld in order to realize the operational synergies and growth opportunities we believe the Acquisitions can provide.

- DEVELOPING OUR STEEL-RELATED BUSINESSES. We have entered into two steel-related joint ventures, Trico Steel and Cliffs and Associates, that utilize new technologies to produce flat rolled steel and direct reduced iron. These ventures are intended to leverage LTV's steelmaking expertise to achieve growth. We are continuing to support the start-up of our existing joint venture operations to achieve satisfactory operational and financial performance. We will also continue to evaluate new steel- related technologies as they become available to determine if additional investments in this area are attractive.

We intend to operate our three tubular companies under a single management team in order to achieve maximum synergies between the different operations. These synergies are expected to include reduced freight costs due to the broad geographic reach of combined

62

tubular facilities, capital spending avoidance, operational improvements through the sharing of best operating practices, purchasing synergies, working capital efficiencies and cost reduction through the use of shared corporate services. It is also expected that the metallurgical and automotive research and development capabilities of our integrated steel operations will be a valuable resource for the acquired tubular operations. Additional opportunities exist to leverage customer relationships at each of the three businesses and expand the use of sophisticated vendor managed inventory systems utilized by Welded Tube and Copperweld.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

INTEGRATED STEEL

OVERVIEW

Our integrated steel segment manufactures and sells a diversified line of galvanized, cold rolled, hot rolled and tin mill flat rolled products. Galvanized, cold rolled and hot rolled products are used in the manufacture of automobile bodies, appliances and other consumer durable goods, farm equipment, industrial machinery, office equipment, machine parts and tubular products. Tin mill products are used by the container industry in the manufacture of cans and closures. We are engaged in these operations primarily through our subsidiary, LTV Steel Company, Inc. ("LTV Steel").

Based on 1998 shipments, we believe we are the third largest North American integrated steel producer, the second largest producer of flat rolled steel and a leading supplier of quality-critical, flat rolled steel to the automotive, appliance and electrical equipment and service center industries in the United States.

In our integrated steel operation, we operate two domestic integrated steel mills (Cleveland Works and Indiana Harbor Works) and various finishing, galvanizing and processing facilities, as well as tin mill operations. Our integrated steel segment also includes iron ore and limestone operations (which provide raw materials to our steelmaking facilities) and short line railroad operations (which primarily transport raw materials and steel products to support the manufacturing operations). See "-- Properties" for a description of these assets and operations.

Much of the following third party data, including shipment production and capability, is derived from data reported by AISI. Additionally, we follow industry standards in calculating the maximum operating rate which is based on 95% of blast furnace capacity.

63

PRODUCTS

The following table sets forth information relating to shipments of steel mill products for both our integrated steel segment and the domestic steel industry during the periods indicated:

                                     NINE MONTHS
                                        ENDED
                                    SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   ----------------    --------------------------
                                    1999      1998      1998      1997      1996
                                   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
Shipments of steel mill products:
LTV..............................   5,617     5,783     7,525     7,939     7,887
  Industry.......................  74,125    74,907    97,010    99,310    94,983
  LTV percent of industry........     7.6%      7.7%      7.8%      8.0%      8.3%

Our product mix is reflected in the following table which shows revenue by steel product for the periods indicated:

                                     NINE MONTHS
                                        ENDED
                                    SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   ----------------    --------------------------
                                    1999      1998      1998      1997      1996
                                   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
Hot and cold rolled products.....  $1,245    $1,467    $1,861    $2,036    $2,017
Galvanized products..............     911       894     1,213     1,230     1,203
Tin mill products................     262       316       395       502       453
All other products...............      72        93       121       137       140
                                   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
     Total.......................  $2,490    $2,770    $3,590    $3,905    $3,813
                                   ======    ======    ======    ======    ======

Sales decreased in the first nine months of 1999 from the first nine months of 1998 and in 1998 from 1997, primarily due to a surge in unfairly traded imports which resulted in lower average steel selling prices and lower shipments by us.

64

PRODUCTION

The following table sets forth estimated capability and raw steel production information for both our integrated steel segment and the domestic steel industry during the periods indicated:

                                  NINE MONTHS
                                     ENDED
                                 SEPTEMBER 30,         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                ----------------    -----------------------------
                                 1999      1998      1998       1997       1996
                                ------    ------    -------    -------    -------
                                               (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
Capability:
LTV...........................   6,470     6,402      8,560      8,365      8,362
  Industry....................  96,295    93,503    125,300    121,400    116,100
  LTV percent of industry.....     6.7%      6.8%       6.8%       6.9%       7.2%
Production:
  LTV.........................   6,365     6,200      8,100      8,900      8,800
  Industry....................  78,178    83,369    108,800    108,600    105,300
  LTV percent of industry.....     8.1%      7.4%       7.4%       8.2%       8.4%
Production as a percentage of
  capability:
  LTV.........................    98.4%     96.8%      95.0%     106.4%     105.0%
  Industry....................    81.2%     89.2%      86.8%      89.4%      90.7%

In our integrated steel operation, we produce our steel using the basic oxygen furnace process at our Cleveland Works and Indiana Harbor Works. With three continuous casters, we continuously cast 100% of our steel production. We have supplemented our own steel production in recent years with purchases of semi-finished steel during periods of blast furnace outages. In 1998, 1997 and 1996, we purchased approximately 36,000 tons, 322,000 tons and 168,000 tons, respectively, of semi-finished slabs from other domestic and foreign steel producers.

Individual facilities are operated at rates that best serve our overall need at the time and can be significantly higher or lower than our average operating rate. We do not believe data regarding the utilization of individual facilities is necessarily meaningful.

65

CUSTOMERS

The following table sets forth the percentage of our integrated steel shipments by tonnage distributed among our various markets for the periods indicated:

                                              NINE MONTHS
                                                 ENDED              YEAR ENDED
                                             SEPTEMBER 30,         DECEMBER 31,
                                             --------------    --------------------
                                             1999     1998     1998    1997    1996
                                             -----    -----    ----    ----    ----
Automotive.................................    31%      25%     27%     25%     23%
Steel service centers......................    23       26      25      26      32
Converters and processors..................    19       19      18      19      17
Electrical, agricultural and other
  machinery................................     8        8       8       8       8
Household appliances and office
  equipment................................     6        7       7       6       6
Containers and packaging...................     6        7       7       8       7
Construction...............................     5        6       6       6       5
Exports....................................     2        2       2       2       2
                                              ---      ---     ---     ---     ---
     Total.................................   100%     100%    100%    100%    100%
                                              ===      ===     ===     ===     ===

Direct sales to General Motors, our largest customer, accounted for approximately 9%, 11% and 11% of our consolidated revenues in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. General Motors, Ford Motor Company and DaimlerChrysler have reached tentative four-year labor agreements with the United Auto Workers.

SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

Approximately 60% of our integrated steel products are sold under sales arrangements, most of which are negotiated on an annual basis. Almost all of our integrated steel sales to our larger customers in the transportation, appliance, electrical equipment and food and beverage can markets are made pursuant to these sales arrangements. Our sales arrangements generally provide for set prices for the products ordered during the period they are in effect. As a result, we may experience a delay in realizing price changes related to our long-term integrated steel business. Much of the remainder of our integrated steel product is sold under contracts covering shorter periods at the then prevailing market prices for such product.

Our integrated steel sales organization is managed from our headquarters. Employees performing commercial, marketing and customer service functions are organized along market lines. We also maintain regional offices for integrated steel sales functions.

Our export sales of integrated steel product were 2.2% of our total dollar steel sales in 1998, 2.0% in 1997 and 2.1% in 1996.

COMPETITION

We compete directly with domestic and foreign flat rolled carbon steel producers and indirectly with producers of plastics, aluminum and other materials such as ceramics and wood which sometimes can be substituted for flat rolled carbon steel in manufactured products. The primary factors that have affected competition include price, quality, delivery performance and customer service. We target quality-critical, value-added applications and believe we are able to differentiate certain of our products from those of our competitors

66

on the basis of product quality, technology, modern facilities and customer product and technical support.

FOREIGN

Domestic steel producers have faced significant and intense competition from foreign producers. The intensity of foreign competition is affected by the relative strength of foreign economies and fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. During 1998, steel imports increased significantly due to a surge of unfairly traded steel, a rise in the value of the dollar in relation to certain foreign currencies, some of which were significantly devalued, and a weakening of certain economies, particularly in Eastern Europe, Asia and Pacific Rim countries. Many foreign steel producers are owned, controlled or subsidized by their governments. Decisions by such foreign producers with respect to production and sales are often influenced to a greater degree by political and economic policy considerations than by prevailing market conditions.

For a description of the recent trade cases filed by us and other domestic steel producers against foreign steel producers in 1998 and 1999, as well as final dumping and subsidy decisions issued in 1992, some of which are still the subject of pending appeals, see "-- Trade Cases."

Based on AISI reports, imports of flat rolled products increased significantly during each of the last two years, surging to record levels during 1998. Based on AISI reports, during 1998, 1997 and 1996, imports of flat rolled products (excluding semi-finished steel) totaled approximately 20 million, 14 million and 12 million net tons, respectively, or approximately 25% of total domestic steel consumption in 1998, approximately 19% in 1997 and 17% in 1996. Following the issuance of final dumping determinations by the Department of Commerce in the hot rolled trade cases, the level of imports of flat rolled steel receded during the first nine months of 1999 to 10 million tons, or approximately 18% of total domestic consumption. See "-- Trade Cases" below.

DOMESTIC

We also compete with other domestic integrated steel producers, some of which have greater resources than we do, and with mini-mills which are relatively efficient, low-cost producers that generally produce steel from scrap in electric furnaces, have lower employment and environmental compliance costs and generally target regional markets. Thin slab casting technologies have allowed some mini-mill producers to enter certain sectors of the flat rolled market that have traditionally been supplied by integrated producers. Because of their technology, the profitability of mini-mills depends heavily upon the availability and price of scrap steel, their principal raw material. In weak markets, mini-mills benefit from falling scrap prices. See "-- Corporate and Other" for information regarding our 50% participation in Trico Steel.

METAL FABRICATION

OVERVIEW

Our metal fabrication segment (1) manufactures structural, mechanical, conduit and other tubular products and line and standard pipe through LTV Tubular, Welded Tube and Copperweld, (2) manufactures pre-engineered metal buildings for low rise commercial and industrial applications through VP Buildings, (3) includes interests in a steel tailor welded blank operation for automotive applications and (4) a steel processing and blanking operation in Puebla, Mexico and a similar operation currently under construction in Silao,

67

Mexico ("Lagermex"). On a pro forma basis for 1998, the metal fabrication segment would have had revenues of approximately $1.5 billion on annual shipments of approximately 2 million tons.

TUBULAR

LTV's tubular products business consists of a wide range of products:
mechanical tubing, structural tubing, electrical conduit, stainless tubing and standard, line and oil country pipe. Tubular products are used for, among other things, transportation equipment; load-bearing purposes; scaffolding; electrical cables; ornamental purposes; food and dairy storage and transportation; oil, gas, air and water transportation; and in oil and gas wells. With the Acquisitions of Welded Tube and Copperweld, together with the LTV Tubular division, we have become one of the leading suppliers of many tubular products, with annual shipments of approximately 2 million tons and annual revenues of approximately $1.5 billion, on a pro forma basis for 1998.

One of our goals arising from the Acquisitions was to integrate LTV Tubular, Welded Tube and Copperweld into a single business, operating with common management under the "LTV Copperweld" name. We have begun our efforts toward this goal. We believe that combining these entities as LTV Copperweld should, in addition to giving us the broadest tubular product line in North America, allow us to reduce costs by optimizing capital spending, coordinating raw material purchasing, sharing best operating practices to improve operating efficiency, improving overall plant scheduling and reducing administrative costs. We also expect the combined business will help us enhance customer service, technical support and product development, and improve our ability to deliver to and service national customers. The discussion in this section of our tubular division's sales, marketing and distribution efforts, and similar aspects, treats LTV Tubular, Welded Tube and Copperweld separately, but should be read in light of our increasing integration of these efforts for the entire LTV Copperweld business.

LTV TUBULAR. LTV Tubular's products include a variety of tubing products such as mechanical and electrical conduit used in the automotive, agriculture and construction industries, and standard, line and oil country pipe used primarily in the oil and gas and construction industries. LTV Tubular believes it is one of the largest manufacturers of steel electrical conduit in North America. Its tubular products are sold through separate sales organizations divided into regions and through independent sales representatives.

WELDED TUBE. Welded Tube primarily produces structural tubing product, together with some mechanical tubing and pipe products for a wide variety of uses including primarily construction applications as well as applications in industrial and transport equipment, agricultural structures, structural support and safety as well as ornamental tubing for buildings, highways and bridges.

COPPERWELD. Copperweld produces a full range of mechanical and structural tubing products used in automotive, agricultural and industrial equipment, fluid power, construction, recreation and office furniture markets. Copperweld participates in all segments of the mechanical tubing business with a full range of mechanical tubing product lines, including welded, DOM and seamless product types and offers a full range of structural tubing products. In addition, Copperweld recently entered the stainless steel tubing market and is developing its offering of value-added tubing automotive parts. Copperweld also produces bimetallic copper-clad steel and aluminum wire, rod and strand used in the telecommunications (primarily cable television and telephone) and utility industries.

68

REVENUES. The table below sets forth on a pro forma basis the combined revenues of LTV Copperweld by product line:

                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                     SEPTEMBER 30,       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   ------------------    ------------------------
                                   1999         1998      1998      1997     1996
                                   -----        -----    ------    ------    ----
                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
Mechanical tubing................  $290         $348     $  439    $  428    $321
Structural tubing................   229          262        336       318     209
Pipe.............................    59           84        101       137     114
Other tubing products............   214          172        222       211     159
Bimetallic products..............    82           68         91       104     100
                                   ----         ----     ------    ------    ----
     Total.......................  $874         $934     $1,189    $1,198    $903
                                   ====         ====     ======    ======    ====

In April 1999, LTV Tubular began initial operations at a new technologically advanced tubing manufacturing facility in Marion, Ohio. The facility manufactures high-quality tubing for the automotive market, including for the manufacture of hydroformed parts, and is expected to reach full capacity in 2001. The automotive market is expected to grow as automobile manufacturers increase their use of tubular products in order to reduce the weight of vehicles and the cost of vehicle construction. The facility has a rated processing capacity of 146,000 tons of steel annually.

Welded Tube recently completed construction of a second plant in Portland, Oregon with 130,000 tons of annual production capacity at a cost of approximately $53 million. The plant will establish a presence for LTV in the Pacific Northwest and western Canada, offering regional customers lower transportation costs and access to improved product quality. In addition to structural tube manufacturing, the plant will have an in-line coating capacity, a slitting line and warehousing facility.

In connection with Copperweld's entry into the stainless tubing business in 1998, Copperweld recently completed construction of a state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in Elizabethtown, Kentucky. The facility, which commenced operations in June 1999, will have an annual production capacity of 7,000 tons. Two identical additional mills are scheduled for completion in 2000.

In 1998, Copperweld also completed a capital expenditure program which increased its value added DOM capacity at its Shelby plant by 40,000 tons annually at a cost of $44 million.

RAW MATERIALS. LTV Copperweld purchases approximately 2 million tons of steel a year, primarily in the form of hot rolled steel strip, but including smaller volumes of cold rolled strip, steel bars and rod.

69

CUSTOMERS. The table below sets forth on a pro forma basis the percentage of tubular and bimetallic shipments of LTV Copperweld by tonnage distributed among their various markets for the periods indicated:

                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED          YEAR ENDED
                                           SEPTEMBER 30,           DECEMBER 31,
                                         ------------------    --------------------
                                         1999         1998     1998    1997    1996
                                         -----        -----    ----    ----    ----
Steel service centers..................    53%          52%     53%     56%     53%
Agricultural and industrial............    18           19      19      18      20
Transportation.........................    14           14      15      13       8
Telecommunications.....................     3            2       2       2       3
Construction...........................     2            2       2       2       3
Other..................................    10           11       9       9      13
                                          ---          ---     ---     ---     ---
     Total.............................   100%         100%    100%    100%    100%
                                          ===          ===     ===     ===     ===

SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION. LTV Tubular's tubular products currently are sold through a separate sales organization divided into four regions and through independent sales representatives.

Welded Tube currently sells the majority of its production through independent distributors throughout the United States. Approximately 20% of Welded Tube's sales are direct to end users such as OEMs and fabricators. More than half of Welded Tube's 1999 shipments were to customers located in the midwestern United States and eastern Canada. Welded Tube's shipments in the west are expected to increase with the start-up of Welded Tube's Portland facility.

Copperweld's tubular sales force currently is comprised of regional managers across the United States and outside sales managers in Canada. All of Copperweld's tubular salespeople represent all divisions of Copperweld and sell all tubing products. Copperweld's outside tubular sales force is the largest in the industry and is supported by a divisional product manager, product development engineers and customer service organizations located at each of Copperweld's primary operating divisions. In addition, Copperweld has sales organizations located at each of Copperweld's primary operating divisions. Copperweld has a dedicated sales force for its auto value-added parts business. Copperweld distributes bimetallic products through a network of independent agents.

COMPETITION. The mechanical tubing business, in which LTV Tubular and Copperweld compete, is highly fragmented with over 100 participants geographically diversified across North America. Seamless tube competition and pricing are heavily affected by foreign competition. The welded mechanical tube competition is stratified with quality ranging from non-commodity products to more commodity-like products which compete primarily on price.

The structural tubular business, in which Welded Tube and Copperweld compete, is characterized by little product differentiation (other than Welded Tube's proprietary Kleenkote(TM) process and large diameter product offering), many producers in the primary size range, low value-added products, single product dedication by most producers and the emergence of new low-cost capacity in certain regions. New and planned capacity additions in North America for the period 1995-1999 aggregated 1.7 million tons, more than doubling capacity from 1.5 to 3.2 million tons. The primary factors that affect competition are service and price.

70

METAL BUILDINGS

PRODUCTS. VP Buildings, which was acquired in July 1997, manufactures custom-designed or pre-engineered, one-to-two story metal buildings for commercial and industrial uses, such as office buildings, aircraft hangars, manufacturing facilities, warehouses, schools, shopping centers and churches. VP Buildings produces approximately 7,000 buildings annually at its nine U.S. manufacturing facilities. Based on publicly available information, VP Buildings is the second largest manufacturer of pre-engineered metal buildings systems in North America. Principal metal building systems components are primary structural members, secondary structural components and a variety of wall and roof components. The components are fabricated according to specifications and shipped to building sites for assembly by independent builders. In addition, VP Buildings has developed a proprietary software system intended to significantly improve the ability of these builders to develop engineering designs, obtain immediate pricing and order various building design configurations.

In April 1998, VP Buildings acquired United Panel, Inc. ("UPI") which manufactures fiberglass reinforced panels with imbedded aggregate for commercial buildings.

VP Buildings designs and manufactures metal building systems at seven domestic locations and markets them through approximately 1,000 builders and distributors in the United States and Canada, and directly to large national and international accounts. VP Buildings also manufactures architectural components for non-residential facilities at two domestic locations, which are marketed primarily though sales agents. VP Buildings also has metal building systems production joint ventures or licensing arrangements in Brazil, Chile, China, Egypt, Japan, Mexico, South Korea and Spain. In May 1999, a subsidiary of VP Buildings, together with its joint venture partner, Grupo Imsa, opened a pre-engineered steel manufacturing plant in Monterrey, Mexico and in October 1999, opened another in Santiago, Chile. The two plants in Mexico and Chile have an annual capacity of 35,000 tons (or between 100 and 200 metal buildings per year) and 25,000 tons (or between 100 and 200 metal buildings per year), respectively.

RAW MATERIALS. VP Buildings is a major user of flat rolled steel, but is currently not a customer of our integrated steel operations.

SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION. VP Buildings' domestic sales organization is divided into five regions which cover the United States and promote and service its network of authorized builders. In addition, VP Buildings has a national account sales staff dedicated to handling large builders and corporate customers whose operations are national in scope.

COMPETITION. Metal buildings are an alternative to conventional forms of non-residential building construction, with competition primarily based on cost, construction time, appearance, thermal efficiency and other customer requirements. VP Buildings competes with numerous other metal building systems manufacturers. The largest five such manufacturers (including VP Buildings) account for approximately 70% of industry sales, according to the Metal Building Manufacturers Association. Competition among metal building systems companies is based primarily on price, service, product design and performance, and marketing capabilities.

OTHER

Our metal fabrication operation also includes an approximate 11% interest in a tailor welded blanking operation in Monroe, Michigan (acquired in 1997) which adds value to

71

product sold to domestic automotive customers. Partners in the joint venture are Worthington Industries, Inc., a unit of Thyssen Krupp A.G., and two domestic steel producers. The operation in Michigan uses new technology to weld together two or more steel blanks which may be of different grade or thickness for automotive stamping operations. Automotive parts, currently being made with laser tailor welded blanks, have recently experienced growing commercial acceptance for their ability to reduce cost and weight through this process. Applications for these products include body side frames, wheel house panels, center pillars, pillar reinforcements, motor compartment rails, floor panels and front and rear door panels.

We also own a 25% interest in Lagermex (acquired in 1997), a joint venture which operates automotive steel processing and blanking operations in Puebla, Mexico with a second operation currently under construction in Silao, Mexico. The venture in Puebla, Mexico supplies inventory management, slitting and blanking products and services required to produce the Volkswagen plant's steel stampings to Volkswagen de Mexico and its parts suppliers in Puebla. Partners in the joint venture are a unit of Thyssen Krupp A.G. and local plant management. The operation currently under construction in Silao, Mexico will supply blanks and offer warehouse services to a local supplier of a General Motors plant.

CORPORATE AND OTHER

Our corporate and other segment includes joint ventures which use new steel technologies. These joint ventures consist of interests in a steel mini-mill, Trico Steel, and a foreign reduced iron facility (which produces a substitute for steel scrap for use in steel production operations), Cliffs and Associates.

TRICO STEEL

Trico Steel is located in Decatur, Alabama, and began commercial operations in the second quarter of 1997. Trico Steel, which is owned 50% by a subsidiary of The LTV Corporation and 25% each by subsidiaries of Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd. and British Steel plc, produces commercial and high quality hot rolled steel. The steel produced by Trico Steel is sold by the sales force of a wholly owned subsidiary of The LTV Corporation which is dedicated solely to the sale of Trico Steel product. The Trico Steel investment is expected to provide us and our partners with a modern facility and improved market access to the southeastern portion of the United States.

Trico Steel has experienced equipment problems that have prevented Trico Steel from achieving its full capacity. These equipment problems continue, although efforts to correct such problems are ongoing and production rates have increased in recent months. The substantial surge in steel imports during the second half of 1998 also negatively affected production levels at Trico Steel. See "Risk Factors -- Our diversification strategy may not be successful and we could suffer losses from new or recent investments" and "Risk Factors -- We could be forced to sell our Trico Steel joint venture investment at a loss."

CLIFFS AND ASSOCIATES

Cliffs and Associates, our reduced iron joint venture, recently completed construction of a facility in the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago to produce reduced iron briquettes for use in electric furnace steelmaking operations. The joint venture, which began commissioning procedures in the second quarter of 1999, is 46.5% owned by a subsidiary of The LTV Corporation with the remainder owned by subsidiaries of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc

72

(46.5%) and Lurgi AG (7%). The project utilizes the prototype CIRCORED production process and is expected to have an annual rated capacity of 500,000 metric tons. The facility is managed by Cliffs Reduced Iron Management Company, a subsidiary of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. Although the facility's completion has been delayed by operational problems, these problems have largely been addressed to date, and the facility is expected to be operating at design capacity by the end of the year 2000.

EMPLOYEES AND LABOR MATTERS

As of September 30, 1999, LTV and our consolidated subsidiaries had approximately 15,000 active employees. Of these employees, approximately 12,200 employees were employed in the integrated steel segment and approximately 2,800 employees were employed in the metal fabrication segment. Approximately 10,800 active employees, primarily hourly workers, are represented by unions. Of the union represented employees, approximately 9,500 are represented by the USWA (primarily in our integrated steel segment and in the tubular operations included in our metal fabrication segment) and approximately 900 are represented by either the Teamsters Union, the Carpenters Union or the Sheet Metal Workers Union (in our metal fabrication segment).

As of September 30, 1999, Welded Tube employed 286 employees at its Chicago plant and 28 employees at its Portland plant. Workers at the Chicago plant are represented by the Teamsters Union while the Portland plant is non-union.

As of September 30, 1999, Copperweld had 2,600 employees, of which 1,600 production employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. Workers at Copperweld's Shelby, Miami and Sonco Steel Tube Divisions are represented by the USWA and workers at Copperweld's Standard Tube Division are represented by the Canadian Auto Workers. Twelve workers at Copperweld's Sayton Division also pay union dues. Other facilities are non-union.

On September 2, 1999, USWA-represented LTV employees ratified a five-year labor agreement with LTV covering approximately 9,500 active employees. We believe this agreement is competitive with other USWA integrated steel labor agreements. It provides for, among other things, an aggregate of $2.00 in hourly wage increases, substantial pension improvements, increased sickness and accident benefits and a revised "neutrality" provision making it easier for the USWA to organize employees at LTV's non-union plants in any steel-related operation. The long-term labor agreement includes a "no strike" clause and puts in place a mechanism for resolving a long-standing dispute with the USWA relating to our Trico Steel mini-mill. See "Risk Factors -- We could be forced to sell our Trico Steel joint venture investment at a loss."

Additionally, four of twenty-three union contracts covering our railroads are currently being renegotiated. Our two labor agreements with the Teamsters Union are scheduled to expire at year-end 1999 (VP Buildings -- North Carolina) and February 2002 (Welded Tube -- Chicago), and our two labor agreements with the Sheet Metal Workers Union (VP Buildings -- California and Ohio) are scheduled to expire in April 2002 and January 2000, respectively. VP Buildings' labor contract with the USWA at its Wisconsin plant is scheduled to expire on April 1, 2001 and its contract with the Carpenters Union is scheduled to expire in March 2002. The USWA has recently been recognized as the collective bargaining representative for production and maintenance employees at VP Buildings facilities in Missouri and Arkansas. Negotiations for agreements at those two locations are just beginning. These contracts will be negotiated in compliance with the terms of an agreement between LTV and the USWA, which prohibits strikes or lockouts.

73

Active USWA VP Buildings' organizing campaigns are also underway at Alabama and Pennsylvania plants.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Our research and development efforts focus on developing new production processes to improve the quality and reduce the cost of our product lines, provide product and technical support to customers and create new steel products. Expenditures for research and development totaled $14 million in 1998 and 1997 and $15 million in 1996. These expenditures do not include the efforts of sales and manufacturing employees in working to meet customer technical demands.

We operate a research and development facility and customer technical center in Cleveland to develop new steel products, improve existing steel products and develop more efficient operating procedures to meet the continually increasing demands of the transportation, appliance, electrical equipment and container markets. The employees of our research and development facilities include chemists, metallurgists and engineers. We also have a product application office in Detroit that works closely with customers in identifying optimum steel and manufacturing methods, evaluating steel product performance and solving customer manufacturing problems.

PROPERTIES

INTEGRATED STEEL FACILITIES

INTEGRATED STEEL PRODUCING FACILITIES. We operate two integrated steel mills, Cleveland Works and Indiana Harbor Works, and various steel finishing, galvanizing and processing facilities as well as tin mill operations. During the last five years, we have spent approximately $1.3 billion to modernize and upgrade these core integrated steel facilities.

The Cleveland Works at Cleveland, Ohio produces a variety of flat rolled products. This facility includes three blast furnaces, two basic oxygen furnaces, two continuous slab casters, one vacuum degassing and two ladle metallurgy systems, two hot strip mills, two cold reducing mills, a continuous anneal line, sheet finishing facilities and an electroplate line.

Our Indiana Harbor Works at East Chicago, Indiana produces a variety of flat rolled products. This facility includes two blast furnaces, a basic oxygen furnace, a continuous slab caster, a vacuum degassing and ladle reheating system, a hot strip mill, a cold reducing mill, two sheet finishing facilities, two hot dipped galvanizing lines and a tin mill.

We also operate a tin mill in Aliquippa, Pennsylvania. Our two tin mills (which includes one at Indiana Harbor Works as described above) have a combined operating capacity aggregating 840,000 tons and operated at a combined rate of 88% of capacity during 1998. During the first nine months of 1999, our tin operations operated at 85% of capacity.

We also operate finishing operations in Hennepin, Illinois. The Hennepin facilities, which receive semi-finished products from the steel producing facilities, include a cold reducing mill, a sheet finishing mill and a hot dipped galvanizing line. We also currently operate coke batteries in Chicago, Illinois and Warren, Ohio.

GALVANIZING JOINT VENTURES. We own joint venture interests in two electro-galvanizing lines and recently entered into a new joint venture to build a hot-dip galvanizing line. The first electro-galvanizing line ("LSE"), a joint venture owned 60% by a subsidiary of LTV

74

and 40% by a subsidiary of Sumitomo, is located at our Cleveland Works. The line produces one-sided and two-sided zinc-coated flat rolled steel products and has an annual capacity of approximately 420,000 tons of coated products. Substantially all of the cold rolled steel that is coated at the Cleveland facility is produced by us, and we are responsible for all sales and marketing of coated products processed by the joint venture. In January 1999, LSE entered into a new operating lease covering the equipment at the Cleveland electro-galvanizing line with a lease term ending in 2009. LSE has an option to renew the lease or purchase the equipment at the end of the lease.

The second electro-galvanizing line, located in Walbridge, Ohio, is a joint venture that is owned 16.5% by a subsidiary of LTV, 33.5% by a subsidiary of Bethlehem Steel Corporation ("Bethlehem") and 50% by a subsidiary of Material Sciences Corporation. This line currently produces zinc, nickel/zinc and nickel/zinc/organic coated products and has an annual capacity of approximately 450,000 tons of coated product (one third of which capacity is dedicated to LTV Steel).

Another electro-galvanizing line, L-S II, located in Columbus, Ohio and previously owned 50% by Sumitomo, is currently being converted into a hot-dip galvanizing line, owned 50% by LTV and 50% by Bethlehem. It will produce high-quality, hot-dip galvanized and galvannealed flat rolled steel. The converted facility will have annual capacity of approximately 500,000 tons of premium corrosion resistant steel for exposed automotive applications. Production is scheduled to begin in the fourth quarter of 2000.

Related to the new hot-dip galvanizing line, we and Bethlehem entered into another joint venture, the Columbus Processing Company, which is a steel slitting, inspecting and warehousing services facility for the automotive industry.

RAILROADS. We own all of the capital stock of the following six terminal switching railroad companies: Aliquippa and Southern Railroad Company, serving the Aliquippa tin mill; The Cuyahoga Valley Railway Company and The River Terminal Railway Company, serving the Cleveland Works; The Mahoning Valley Railway Company, serving the Youngstown electric weld pipe mill; The Monongahela Connecting Railroad Company in Pittsburgh; and the Chicago Short Line Railway Company, serving the Indiana Harbor Works. All are common carriers subject to regulation by the Surface Transportation Board and are used primarily by us.

USWA COLLATERAL ARRANGEMENT. See "Description of Certain Other Indebtedness" for a description of certain liens on a portion of our Cleveland Works facility which we have granted or may be required to grant on behalf of the USWA.

METAL FABRICATION FACILITIES

LTV Tubular's existing facilities are located in Ferndale, Michigan; Cleveland, Marion, Youngstown and Elyria, Ohio; Counce, Tennessee; and Cedar Springs, Georgia, and manufacture electrical conduit pipe and tubing.

Welded Tube operates a plant in Chicago, Illinois (capacity 450,000 tons) which produces structural and mechanical tubular product. Welded Tube also recently completed construction of a plant in Portland, Oregon (capacity 130,000 tons) which began production of structural tubing product in the third quarter of 1999.

Copperweld operates six tubular products manufacturing facilities in the United States and six in Canada. Copperweld's principal tubing facilities are in Shelby, Ohio (mechanical tubing), Chicago, Illinois (structural tubing), Brampton, Ontario (structural tubing and welded mechanical tubing) and Woodstock, Ontario (structural tubing,

75

mechanical tubing, and value-added automotive parts). Copperweld's bimetallic business consists of two plants in the United States and a small plant in the United Kingdom.

VP Buildings' headquarters are located in Memphis, Tennessee and occupies 40,800 square feet of office space. Metal building systems components are manufactured by VP Buildings at plants located in Alabama, Arkansas, California, Missouri, North Carolina, Ohio, Texas and Wisconsin. UPI's plant is located in Mt. Bethel, Pennsylvania. In May and October 1999, VP Buildings' joint ventures in Mexico and Chile opened two pre-engineered steel building manufacturing plants, one in Monterrey, Mexico and another in Santiago, Chile, respectively. VP Buildings' joint ventures in Brazil and Argentina also own and operate pre-engineered steel manufacturing plants.

CORPORATE AND OTHER FACILITIES

The LTV Corporation was organized as a Delaware corporation in November 1958 as a successor to a California corporation organized in 1953. Our corporate headquarters are located in Cleveland, Ohio and we currently occupy 238,000 square feet under a new lease expiring in 2011. The lease provides us three consecutive five-year renewal options to extend the lease term through 2026.

The Trico Steel mini-mill operation is located in Decatur, Alabama. The Cliffs and Associates facility is located in the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago.

RAW MATERIALS

IRON ORE. We own interests in two iron ore mining operations which produce iron ore products that are used in our integrated steel operations. Our share of production at these mines during the first six months of 1999 and 1998 was sufficient to meet 100% of our iron ore requirements. Our share of reserves at these mines is sufficient to meet our anticipated iron ore requirements in the near term.

We estimate that, as of January 1, 1999, the total of our proportionate share of proven crude ore reserves of the two iron ore mining operations in which we have ownership interests was such that, when mined and processed, could produce, for our use, approximately 446.5 million gross tons (a gross ton is equivalent to 2,240 pounds) of pellets averaging approximately 64% iron content. These ore reserves at the end of 1998, and 1998 activity, were as follows:

                           PROVEN NET                                                 1998 DELIVERIES
                           INTEREST IN                  ANNUAL ORE    SHARE OF 1998      TO STEEL
                           RESERVES(a)   IRON CONTENT   ENTITLEMENT    PRODUCTION        PLANTS(b)
                           -----------   ------------   -----------   -------------   ---------------
                                                    (GROSS TONS IN MILLIONS)
Properties:
LTV Steel Mining
Company(c)...............     407.0           64%           7.5            7.1              7.4
  Empire Iron Mining
     Partnership(d)......      39.5           64%           2.0            2.0              1.9
                              -----           --            ---            ---              ---
     Total Properties....     446.5                         9.5            9.1              9.3
                              =====                         ===            ===              ===


(a) Our ownership interest in reserves is stated in millions of gross tons of concentrates or pellets.

76

(b) "1998 Deliveries to Steel Plants" does not include the sale of ore products to third parties.

(c) We own 100% of LTV Steel Mining Company located in Minnesota. The annual ore entitlement is based on normal annual plant capacity, and the production level can be reduced at our discretion.

(d) We hold a 25% interest in Empire Iron Mining Partnership which operates an iron ore mine and pellet facility in Michigan. We can reduce our annual ore purchase requirements. Minimum ore purchase requirements in 1998 totaled 1.3 million gross tons.

Ore reserves are expected to be exhausted prior to the expiration dates of the various leases associated with our mining properties. We are committed to pay our share of the annual cost of the Empire Iron Mining operations either through cash advances or purchases of ore at market prices.

During 1998, the average blast furnace charge consisted of approximately 92% ore pellets and 8% sinter, which is iron ore that is removed from various integrated steel operations and reprocessed. During 1998, 98% of our pellet and sinter requirements came from affiliated sources.

METALLURGICAL COAL AND COKE. Metallurgical coal is used to make coke which is used in our integrated steel blast furnaces to make iron in the raw steelmaking process. All our metallurgical coal requirements are purchased from unaffiliated third parties under a number of short and intermediate term contracts.

We own and operate coke batteries in Warren, Ohio and Chicago, Illinois. 45% of our coke requirements for our integrated steel operations in 1998 came from these two batteries and we expect to produce 40% of our anticipated requirements for 1999. The operational life of our batteries could be adversely affected by increasingly stringent environmental regulations or their inability to continue to meet existing environmental standards. We shut down our coke plant in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania in 1998. We anticipate, however, that our internal coke supply, together with coke purchased from third parties (approximately 60%), will meet substantially all of our near-term coke requirements. See "-- Legal Proceedings" for information relating to existing and threatened environmental proceedings involving our coke batteries.

OTHER RAW MATERIALS. We have a 53.5% interest in Presque Isle Corporation, which operates a quarry in Michigan that produces limestone for use in our integrated steel operations. Our share of Presque Isle Corporation's proven limestone reserves was approximately 123,900,000 gross tons as of December 31, 1998. In 1998, we used approximately 433,000 gross tons of limestone from Presque Isle and other sources in our steelmaking operations. We own a burnt lime processing plant at Grand River, Ohio, which processes limestone from Presque Isle and other sources into burnt lime. In 1998, approximately 44% of the 311,000 net tons of high calcite burnt lime consumed by our flat rolled steel operations came from these sources.

Substantially all other raw materials for use in our integrated steel operations are purchased in the open market from domestic and foreign sources. Most of such raw materials, including scrap, nickel, tin, zinc and ferro alloys, are expected to continue to be in sufficient supply, although market prices have historically been subject to wide fluctuations.

77

During the past three years, we have purchased a significant amount of semi-finished slabs from other steel producers to supplement our own production as market circumstance has warranted. The availability of such slabs, and the prices at which they can be purchased, may vary, especially during periods of peak production in the steel industry. See "-- Integrated Steel -- Production" above.

ENERGY. We use substantial amounts of electricity, natural gas, fuel oil and coal, particularly in our flat rolled steel operations, all of which are purchased at competitive or prevailing market prices. For brief periods during peak usage periods during the summers of 1998 and 1999, LTV Steel experienced interruptions in the supply of electricity to its steel plants which caused operations to be curtailed for brief periods. We believe adequate sources of supply exist for all our requirements. However, during peak usage periods we may not be able to purchase energy at historical market rates.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

We are subject to changing and increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations concerning air emissions, water discharges and waste disposal, and the remediation of soil and groundwater contamination caused by releases of hazardous materials. As a consequence, we have incurred, and will continue to incur, substantial capital expenditures and operating and maintenance expenses in order to comply with these requirements. Additionally, if any of our facilities are unable to comply with these requirements, those operations could be temporarily or permanently closed. If, in the future, we are required to investigate and remediate any contamination at plant sites where hazardous wastes have been used pursuant to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, we could be required to record additional liabilities. We cannot estimate the cost of these potential liabilities at this time, but it could be substantial. In addition, certain environmental laws, such as Superfund, can impose liability for the entire cost of cleanup of contaminated sites upon any of the current and former site owners or operators or parties who sent waste to these sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal activity. Permits and environmental controls are also required at our facilities to reduce air and water pollution from certain of our operations, and these permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. Additional permits may be required, or more onerous conditions imposed in our existing permits as a result of increases in production or modifications to certain of our facilities.

TRADE CASES

UNITED STATES TRADE CASES

1999 CASES. On June 21, 1999, LTV Steel, along with other domestic integrated producers, filed cold rolled trade cases against dumped and subsidized imports from Argentina, Brazil, China, Indonesia, Japan, Russia, Slovakia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey and Venezuela. Antidumping complaints with margins ranging from 17% to 122% were filed against the twelve countries. Countervailing duty complaints with margins ranging from 12% to 101% were filed against Brazil, Indonesia, Thailand and Venezuela. In July 1999, the ITC made a preliminary determination that dumped cold rolled steel imports from Argentina, Brazil, China, Indonesia, Japan, Russia, Slovakia, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey and Venezuela caused or threatened material injury to domestic producers. The ITC also made a preliminary determination that subsidies on imports from Brazil only caused or threatened material injury to domestic producers, allowing the countervailing duty subsidies against Brazil to proceed. Subsequently, the Department of Commerce ("DOC") set preliminary countervailing duties of 7

78

to 12% against Brazil. On November 2, 1999, the DOC issued its preliminary determination of appropriate antidumping margins, setting preliminary margins ranging from 16% to 177% for the countries of Argentina, Brazil, Japan, Russia, South Africa, Thailand and Venezuela.

On December 10, 1999, the DOC initialed a draft suspension agreement regulating imports of cold rolled steel products from Russia. U.S. producers have until December 30, 1999 to provide comments.

The Russian suspension agreement includes a quota and a price provision. The suspension agreement limits imports to 340,000 metric tons in 2000. The suspension agreement provides a 3% annual increase in the export limit. The export limit will also be adjusted annually based on U.S. apparent consumption. Under the suspension agreement, the reference prices per metric ton range from $340 to $352 based upon the product. All prices are subject to quarterly adjustments based on the change in import values of subject merchandise from countries not subject to order or investigation.

On December 28, 1999, the DOC is scheduled to make its preliminary determination regarding appropriate antidumping margins for Turkey, Indonesia, China, Slovakia and Taiwan. On January 17, 2000, the DOC is scheduled to make its final countervailing duty determination with respect to Brazil and its final determination of appropriate antidumping margins for Argentina, Brazil, Japan, Russia, South Africa, Thailand and Venezuela. On January 20, 2000, the ITC will hold injury hearings.

Before January 27, 2000, the ITC should make its final countervailing duty injury determination. On February 23, 2000, the ITC will conduct its final injury vote for Japan, Thailand and Venezuela. Before March 2, 2000, the ITC should conduct its final injury vote for Argentina, Brazil, Russia and South Africa.

On March 13, 2000, the DOC is scheduled to conduct its final antidumping duty determination for China, Indonesia, Slovakia, Taiwan and Turkey. Before April 27, 2000, the ITC should conduct its final injury vote with respect to China, Indonesia, Slovakia, Taiwan and Turkey.

In September 1999, we joined several other petitioners before the ITC seeking relief on line pipe product imports pursuant to Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended. In November 1999, the ITC found that serious injury has occurred to the domestic industry because of unfairly traded imports. Petitioners are seeking a quota on imports of line pipe of approximately 16% of domestic consumption. Furthermore, within that general quota, petitioners are seeking specific-country quotas for Korea, Japan and other countries and have asked the ITC to recommend to the President of the United States that he initiate negotiations with the exporting countries to secure their agreement to such quotas.

On December 27, 1999, the ITC's report to the President is due. On February 25, 2000, the President is expected to announce his Presidential relief measure.

1998 CASES. In September 1998, LTV Steel joined with eleven other domestic steel producers, the USWA and the Independent Steelworkers Union in filing antidumping and/or countervailing duty petitions against imports from Japan, Russia and Brazil, alleging injury resulting from subsidies and dumping in the importation of certain hot rolled carbon steel products. In early 1999, the DOC issued final dumping determinations against imports from Japan setting margins ranging from 20% to 67%, against imports from Brazil setting margins ranging from 42% to 43% and countervailing duty margins ranging

79

from 6% to 10%, and against imports from Russia setting margins ranging from 74% to 185%. Three large Japanese steelmakers filed an appeal in the Court of International Trade in August 1999, seeking to reverse the hot rolled steel antidumping margins imposed upon them by the DOC. Despite the DOC's issuance of substantial final dumping determinations against imports from the three countries and additional countervailing duty determinations against Brazil, the DOC entered into suspension agreements with Brazil and Russia. Additionally, the DOC entered into a comprehensive agreement with Russia covering substantially all imports of Russian steel mill products into the United States. LTV is now awaiting a final ruling of injury against Japan and has requested the ITC to make similar findings against Brazil and Russia even though duties would not be applicable against imports from Brazil and Russia unless the suspension agreements are overturned.

Under the terms of the Brazilian suspension agreement, Brazilian producers are prohibited from exporting any hot rolled steel products into the United States until October 1, 1999. Thereafter such imports are limited to 295,000 metric tons per twelve-month period. The agreement establishes a reference price of $327 per metric ton, below which Brazilian producers are prohibited from selling. In addition, because the reference price is set in U.S. dollars, at the U.S. market rate, it will not be affected by exchange rate fluctuations.

LTV Steel, along with other domestic integrated producers, has recently filed suit in the U.S. Court of International Trade to nullify suspension agreements negotiated with Russia and Brazil. The complaints allege that the Brazilian and Russian suspension agreements fail to satisfy statutory requirements.

The Russian suspension agreement includes a moratorium on shipments for the first year, a quota for four subsequent years and a price provision. Russian producers are prohibited from exporting any steel to the United States covered by the agreement until January 1, 2000. Thereafter such imports would be limited by the following quotas: 325,000 metric tons in 2000; 500,000 metric tons in 2001; 675,000 metric tons in 2002; and 725,000 metric tons in 2003. The agreement establishes minimum prices ranging from $255 to $280 per metric ton FOB Russia, above which Russian steel must be sold in the United States.

The Russian comprehensive agreement restricts exports of Russian steel to the United States in major product areas not already covered by other agreements or antidumping orders. The comprehensive agreement, combined with the hot-rolled suspension agreement, and the suspension agreement on carbon steel plate signed in 1997, covers substantially all imports of Russian steel mill products into the United States.

1992 CASES. As a result of the 1992 filing of numerous anti-dumping and countervailing duty cases by U.S. steel producers, including LTV Steel, there are orders imposing dumping and countervailing duties on imports of cold rolled steel coils from three countries and on coated steel coils from six countries. For the most part, these additional duties have reduced the volume of imports of the dutiable products from these countries. The orders under which these additional duties have been imposed will remain in effect unless changed as a result of an "Administrative Review," which considers the appropriateness of the existing duty margin. Sunset Reviews of the orders began in September 1999. Under the Sunset Review provisions, dumping and countervailing duties are reviewed every five years and will be eliminated unless it is determined that revocation of the order is likely to lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping or countervailable subsidies and a continuation or recurrence of injury to U.S. steel producers.

80

CANADA AND MEXICO TRADE CASES

In Canada, dumping duties have been imposed on LTV Steel exports of corrosion resistant steel products (i.e., hot dipped and electro-galvanized), for non-automotive end use pursuant to a recent Canadian International Trade Tribunal ("CITT") decision. In the past, Canadian administrative reviews have established "normal values" for the dutiable LTV Steel products exported to Canada. "Normal value" is the price at which goods can be sold without incurring dumping penalties. In 1998, dumping duties formerly imposed on LTV Steel exports of cold rolled steel coils were rescinded by CITT. The rescission has been appealed to a bi-national review panel pursuant to the North American Free Trade Agreement. If the decision is reversed, the former dumping duties would be assessed on a retroactive basis to the date of the rescission.

Because the total LTV Steel shipments of these products to Canada are relatively small, we believe these duties should have an insignificant effect on our results of operations.

In Mexico, dumping duties were established for LTV Steel on hot rolled steel and plate-in-coil exports, but the Mexican courts subsequently found that these dumping duties had been imposed illegally. The decisions voiding the dumping duties were appealed by the Mexican government, and LTV Steel and other importers of record were required to post a bond to cover possible dumping duties in the event these decisions are reversed by an appellate court. On July 28, 1999, Mexico's Secretariat of Commerce and Industrial Development ("SECOFI") concluded the antidumping administrative review of LTV Steel's plate-in-coil exports to Mexico, thereby revoking the 39.92% antidumping duty rate previously applied to LTV Steel's plate-in-coil exports to Mexico, leaving LTV Steel with a 0% antidumping duty rate on plate-in-coil exports to Mexico.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In addition to matters specifically discussed below, we are involved in various legal proceedings occurring in the normal course of our business. We cannot predict with certainty the outcome of any legal proceedings to which we are subject. However, in the opinion of our management, adequate provision has been made for losses for which management can make a reasonable estimate of the range of possible outcomes that are likely to result from these actions. To the extent that such reserves prove to be inadequate, we would incur a charge to earnings, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the applicable period. The outcome of these proceedings, however, is not currently expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEEDINGS

The U.S. EPA and the States of Indiana, Illinois and Ohio or their environmental agencies have taken or are threatening legal and administrative actions against LTV and its subsidiaries, as discussed below, for alleged violations of various federal and state environmental laws and regulations. We have accrued for losses and costs, including litigation costs, associated with these actions that are probable and estimable or otherwise provided for studies which will provide a basis for estimation.

In December 1998, the U.S. Department of Justice, representing the U.S. EPA, filed a complaint against LTV Steel in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. The complaint alleges that the Cleveland Works plant violated applicable opacity standards at the C-5 blast furnace top and cast house, the C-6 blast furnace cast house and the No. 1 BOF shop precipitator stacks and applicable sulfur oxide emission standards

81

at the C-1 blast furnace stoves and a boiler at various times over a period of several years. The complaint also charges that the LTV Steel Warren coke plant discharged pollutants into the Mahoning River in violation of its wastewater discharge permit and that the plant violated applicable hazardous waste regulations. The complaint seeks to enjoin LTV Steel from further violations and to assess civil penalties of up to $25,000 or $27,500 per day for each violation, depending on the date of the violation. In June 1999, LTV reached a partial settlement with the U.S. EPA pursuant to which LTV Steel paid a civil penalty of $85,000; in return, all the counts in the complaint relating to the Warren coke plant were dismissed.

In March 1998, the U.S. Department of Justice filed a civil action on behalf of the U.S. EPA in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania alleging that the LTV Steel Pittsburgh coke plant violated applicable pushing and combustion stack opacity emission standards in and after October 1996, and, according to an amended complaint, as early as November 1994. The complaint seeks civil penalties up to $25,000 or $27,500 per day for each violation, depending on the date of violation. In April 1998, the Allegheny County Health Department filed a motion to intervene and a separate complaint seeking penalties of $25,000 per day for each violation. The Group Against Smog and Pollution has also been granted intervenor status in the action. The coke plant was permanently closed February 28, 1998.

In December 1998 and November 1999, the U.S. EPA issued Notices of Violation (each, a "NOV") with respect to LTV Steel's Grand River, Ohio lime plant, alleging violations of the opacity standards applicable to the kiln precipitators at various times over the past several years. Although we have conferred with the U.S. EPA, we cannot predict whether any enforcement action will follow.

STATE OF INDIANA. In April 1995, the Indiana Department of Environmental Management ("IDEM") issued a NOV to LTV Steel alleging that releases of hazardous wastes into the soil and groundwater have occurred at the Indiana Harbor Works in violation of applicable environmental regulations. IDEM is seeking to have us conduct a comprehensive investigation and remediation of approximately 80 on-site locations where there may be soil and groundwater contamination. The NOV is broad-based and, depending upon the cleanup standards and extent of the remediation program that might be imposed upon our subsidiary and IDEM's authority to require a comprehensive clean-up, the cost of such work could be substantial.

In November 1996, IDEM and the United States Department of Interior informed us and 17 other companies operating in the industrial area adjacent to the Grand Calumet River System of their intent to perform a National Resource Damage Assessment ("NRDA") of the river system. Each of the 18 entities was asked to contribute an unspecified amount of funding for the study, which will cover a significant area that has been used for industrial purposes for over a century. IDEM identified us as a potentially responsible party in connection with natural resource damages resulting from the release of hazardous substances and oil. In June 1999, the Natural Resources Trustees performing the NRDA of the Grand Calumet River System proposed a settlement to LTV and the 17 other entities that contemplates the dredging and disposal of all contaminated sediment in the river and canal upstream of the federal channel and the management of additional contaminated sediment adjacent to the federal channel but not covered by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the "Corps") project referred to below. The settlement also would require habitat restoration and public use access projects. We are presently unable to predict whether we would be held liable for any portion of these dredging and disposal

82

projects, and, while the costs of such projects could be significant, we are unable to predict the actual cost of such projects or our share of such costs.

In a related matter, the Corps has issued a feasibility report concerning dredging of the federal channel within the Indiana Harbor and Indiana Harbor Ship Canal to assist navigation through those waterways. The Corps estimates the dredging will cost in excess of $135 million. According to the Corps' report, if dredging occurs, it will be funded primarily by the federal government. Based on estimates by the Corps, removal and disposal of sediments adjacent to LTV Steel, which would not be federally funded, would cost approximately $2.1 million. The East Chicago Waterway Management District, an entity created by the State of Indiana, will ultimately have the responsibility to secure the non-federally funded portion, including the $2.1 million allocated to LTV Steel. The Chicago Main Waterway has recently contacted us regarding this allocation and has asked for our financial support on the project. We are currently evaluating this request and have not made any determinations.

STATE OF ILLINOIS. After notifying the Illinois EPA ("IEPA") of two separate deposits of hazardous wastes discovered at LTV Steel's Chicago plant, we submitted to IEPA remediation plans for clean-up of both deposits. We and the IEPA have reached an agreement on one of the remediation plans, which is expected to cost less than $3 million, and clean-up work is nearing completion. The cost of the other plan, now being reviewed by IEPA, is expected to be immaterial.

STATE OF OHIO. On July 8, 1998, the Ohio Attorney General filed a complaint in the Cuyahoga County Court of Common Pleas alleging various instances of noncompliance with LTV Steel's wastewater discharge permit at its Cleveland Works facility over an approximate five-year period. LTV Steel settled the complaint pursuant to a consent agreement, which requires a payment of $419,000 in civil penalties and the implementation of a number of water pollution control studies at the plant. LTV Steel may or may not be required to install modifications to its water pollution control facilities depending upon the results of these studies.

CITY OF BUFFALO. In September 1999, LTV filed an action in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York seeking a declaratory judgment that the claims that the City of Buffalo has asserted against LTV Steel in connection with the proposed clean up of certain property sold to the Buffalo Renewal Authority, an agency of the City of Buffalo, by LTV Steel and Hanna Furnace Corporation, a joint venture partner, in 1992 have been discharged or otherwise dealt with by LTV's Chapter 11 reorganization. Also, LTV and Hanna Furnace have filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of New York claiming unspecified damages and seeking injunctive relief in connection with the City of Buffalo's placement of more than 100,000 cubic yards of contaminated soil on LTV Steel's property. The City of Buffalo notified LTV Steel and Hanna Furnace Corporation of its intent to pursue claims against the companies under the Citizens Suit Provision of the Federal Solid Waste Disposal Act.

WELDED TUBE AND COPPERWELD. In July 1999, the U.S. EPA issued two NOVs to Copperweld concerning air emissions at its Shelby, Ohio facility. Copperweld received a NOV alleging that (i) it failed to conduct a timely initial performance test with respect to air emissions from its chrome plating operation and (ii) it failed to notify the EPA of such test. Copperweld also received a NOV from the U.S. EPA alleging that emissions from the Shelby facility's rotary hearth furnace exceeded permit limits. The purchase agreement governing our acquisition of Copperweld provides that we are fully indemnified by the

83

seller for these NOVs. We are not aware of any material environmentally-related lawsuits or violations pending against Welded Tube.

PATENT LITIGATION

In July 1991, Inland Steel Company ("Inland") filed an action against LTV Steel and another domestic steel producer in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, alleging defendants infringed two of Inland's steel-related patents. Inland seeks monetary damages of up to approximately $600 million and an injunction against future infringement. LTV Steel in its answer and counterclaim alleged that, for the period prior to the filing of the action, the patents are invalid and not infringed and sought a declaratory judgment to such effect. In May 1993, at a jury trial, LTV Steel was found to have infringed the patents. Thereafter, LTV Steel and the other domestic steel producer applied to have the Patent Office reexamine the Inland patents and, as a result, the District Court proceeding on the validity of the patents was dismissed without prejudice. In July 1993, the U.S. Patent Office rejected the claims of the two Inland patents upon a reexamination, in essence concluding that the patents should not have been granted and are invalid. Inland filed a response which sought to have the U.S. Patent Office reverse its decision; however, in July 1994, the U.S. Patent Office affirmed its decision. In September 1999, the Patent Office Board of Appeals affirmed the decision of the U.S. Patent Office. In November 1999, Inland appealed this decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.

OTHER

In 1996, LTV Steel filed an action in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims seeking recovery of approximately $25 million in Federal Insurance Contribution Act ("FICA") and Federal Unemployment Tax Act ("FUTA") taxes which were paid by LTV Steel to the U.S. government during the period 1987 through 1993 in connection with certain pension make-up payments made to certain hourly and salaried retirees. Our position is that these pension payments are not subject to FICA and FUTA taxes. On October 19, 1998, the U.S. Court of Federal Claims granted LTV Steel summary judgment. On April 14, 1999, the government filed a notice of appeal of the summary judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Oral arguments on the appeal is scheduled for January 6, 2000. The parties have stipulated the amount of the judgment, which is still subject to appeal, to be approximately $24.6 million, plus statutory interest which we estimate to be approximately $25 million as of 1999. The judgment will cover taxes collected by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service on certain pension payments for the tax years 1987 through 1993. Approximately one-third of the total amount recovered by us will be refunded to eligible retirees.

Since August 1, 1999, more than 1,100 asbestosis Ohio workers' compensation claims have been filed with LTV Steel, the majority of which were filed on behalf of retired employees who worked at facilities that were closed in the early 1980s. All of the asbestosis workers' compensation claims were filed by the same Cleveland law firm. LTV Steel anticipates that additional claims may be filed.

84

MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 1999.

NAME                                   AGE                      OFFICE
----                                   ---                      ------
Peter Kelly(a).......................  57     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                              Officer
James F. Haeck.......................  53     Executive Vice President
Richard J. Hipple....................  46     Executive Vice President
Glenn J. Moran.......................  52     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
                                              Secretary
Eric W. Evans........................  43     Vice President and Controller
George T. Henning....................  58     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John C. Skurek.......................  54     Vice President and Treasurer
Colin C. Blaydon(a)(b)(c)............  58     Director
William H. Bricker(a)(c)(d)..........  68     Director
John E. Jacob(a)(b)(d)...............  64     Director
Edward C. Joullian III(c)(d)(e)......  69     Director
M. Thomas Moore(c)(e)................  64     Director
Vincent A. Sarni(d)(f)...............  70     Director
Samuel K. Skinner(b)(f)..............  61     Director
Stephen B. Timbers(a)(e)(f)..........  54     Director
Farah M. Walters(a)(d)(f)............  55     Director


(a) Member of Executive Committee.

(b) Member of Board Affairs Committee.

(c) Member of Capital and Technology Committee.

(d) Member of Compensation and Organization Committee.

(e) Member of Finance Committee.

(f) Member of Audit Committee.

The only employee of The LTV Corporation and its subsidiaries who is also a director of The LTV Corporation is Mr. Peter Kelly, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.

All officers, except Mr. George T. Henning, have been employed by The LTV Corporation or its subsidiaries for more than the last five years.

85

PETER KELLY became Chairman of the Board on February 1, 1999 and Chief Executive Officer of LTV in September 1998. Additionally, since July 1997, he has been a director and the President and Chief Operating Officer of LTV. Prior thereto, he was a Group Vice President of LTV from February 1991 to July 1997. He also has been the President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of LTV Steel since January 1993.

JAMES F. HAECK was elected an Executive Vice President of LTV in February 1998. Prior thereto, since January 1996, he served as Senior Vice President -Commercial of LTV. During the last five years, Mr. Haeck has also served as Senior Vice President -- Commercial and Senior Vice President -- Flat Rolled Operations at LTV Steel, Vice President and General Manager of Cleveland Works and Vice President and General Manager of Tubular Products at LTV Steel.

RICHARD A. HIPPLE was elected an Executive Vice President of LTV in February 1998. Prior thereto, since February 1997, he served as Senior Vice President Purchasing, Engineering and Strategic Planning of LTV. During the last five years, Mr. Hipple has also served in a variety of officer positions at LTV Steel with responsibilities in the purchasing, engineering, environmental and strategic planning areas.

GLENN J. MORAN has been Senior Vice President and General Counsel of LTV since September 1992 and Secretary since July 1993.

ERIC W. EVANS was elected Vice President and Controller in June 1999. Prior thereto, Mr. Evans served as General Manager -- Strategic Planning and Business/Corporate Development of LTV from November 1995 to June 1999. Prior thereto, he was Senior Director -- Investor Relations of LTV.

GEORGE T. HENNING was elected Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of LTV in June 1999 and, prior thereto, from September 1995 to June 1999, served as Vice President and Controller of LTV. Prior thereto, Mr. Henning was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pioneer Companies, Inc., a manufacturer of chlorine, caustic soda and related products.

JOHN C. SKUREK has been Vice President and Treasurer of LTV since February 1993. Mr. Skurek has also served as Vice President and Treasurer of LTV Steel since September 1992.

DR. COLIN C. BLAYDON became a director of LTV in September 1988. Dr. Blaydon is Dean Emeritus and Buchanan Professor of Management of the Amos Tuck School of Business Administration and the Director of the John H. Foster Center for Private Equity at Dartmouth College. Dr. Blaydon is also a Senior Advisor of Putnam, Hayes & Bartlett, Inc., a professional consulting firm and on the Board of Advisors of DHM Arcadia Partners LP, a venture capital firm. He is also a director of Mercantile Trust Company NA, a Trustee of The Center for Excellence in Government and a Trustee of the Lowell Whiteman School.

WILLIAM H. BRICKER became a director of LTV in March 1982. He was from July 1976 to May 1987 the Chief Executive Officer and from November 1979 to May 1987 the Chairman of the Board of Diamond Shamrock Corporation, now known as Maxus Energy Corporation. He is Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of BTC Partners, Inc. and D.S. Energy Services, Inc. (business consultants and international oil and gas), Trust Manager of American Industrial Properties REIT and President of Bear Creek Angus Ranch, Inc.

86

JOHN E. JACOB became a director of LTV in June 1993. Mr. Jacob has been Executive Vice President and Chief Communications Officer for Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. since June 1994. Prior thereto, he had been President and Chief Executive Officer of the National Urban League Inc. since January 1982. He also is a director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.

EDWARD C. JOULLIAN III became a director of LTV in October 1976. For more than the past five years, he has been Chairman of the Board and, until August 1998, Chief Executive Officer of Mustang Fuel Corporation. He also is a director of American Fidelity Companies and its subsidiaries and Fleming Companies, Inc. He also is a trustee of The Colonial Williamsburg Foundation, Williamsburg, Virginia.

M. THOMAS MOORE became a director of LTV in June 1993. Mr. Moore was Chairman of the Board of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc from May 1988 to November 1997 and its Chief Executive Officer from January 1987 to November 1997. He also is a director of The Lubrizol Corporation.

VINCENT A. SARNI became a director of LTV in June 1993. Mr. Sarni was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of PPG Industries, Inc. from November 1984 until September 1993.

SAMUEL K. SKINNER became a director of LTV in June 1993. Since September 1998, Mr. Skinner has been a partner and Co-Chairman of the law firm of Hopkins & Sutter. Until his retirement, he was President and a director of Commonwealth Edison Company from February 1993 to March 1998. Prior thereto, he served as Chief of Staff to the President of the United States. Prior to his White House service, Mr. Skinner served as U.S. Secretary of Transportation for nearly three years. Prior to February 1989, he practiced law as a Senior Partner in the Chicago law firm of Sidley & Austin, where he served on the firm's executive committee. He is also a director of ANTEC Corporation, Union Pacific Resources Group Inc., Stimsonsite Corporation, EVEREN Capital Corporation and Midwest Express Holdings, Inc.

STEPHEN B. TIMBERS became a director of LTV in June 1993. In February 1998, he became the President of Northern Trust Global Investments. From 1995 through 1997, he was President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc. From 1992 to 1996, he was President, Chief Operating Officer, and a director of Kemper Corporation.

FARAH M. WALTERS became a director of LTV in June 1993. She is President and Chief Executive Officer of University Hospitals Health System Inc. and University Hospitals of Cleveland. Prior thereto, beginning in March 1991 until January 1992, she served as Senior Executive Vice President of University Hospitals Health System and Executive Director of University Hospitals of Cleveland. She also is a director of Kerr-McGee Corporation and The Geon Company.

87

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Certificate of Designations and the Preferred Stock. A copy of the Certificate of Designations is available upon request to the Company at the address set forth under "Where You Can Find More Information." The following summary of certain provisions of the Certificate of Designations does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Certificate of Designations. As used in this section, the term "the Company" refers to The LTV Corporation and not any of its subsidiaries.

GENERAL

There are 1,600,000 shares of the Company's 8 1/4% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value per share, designated as "8 1/4% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock" outstanding. The Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to a Certificate of Designations dated as of November 5, 1999. The Preferred Stock is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of the Preferred Stock have no preemptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe for stock, obligations, warrants or other securities of the Company of any class. The Preferred Stock is eligible for trading in The PORTAL Market.

The transfer agent for the Preferred Stock is ChaseMellon Shareholder Services LLC, unless and until a successor is selected by the Company (the "Transfer Agent").

RANKING

The Preferred Stock, with respect to dividend distributions and distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company, ranks (i) senior to all classes of common stock of the Company and to each other class of capital stock or series of preferred stock established after the date of this prospectus by the Board of Directors the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to with the common stock of the Company as "Junior Securities"); (ii) on a parity with the Company's Series B Preferred Stock and any additional shares of the Preferred Stock issued by the Company in the future and any other class of capital stock or series of preferred stock issued by the Company established after the date of this prospectus by the Board of Directors, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank on a parity with the Preferred Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as "Parity Securities"); and (iii) junior to each class of capital stock or series of preferred stock issued by the Company established after the date of this prospectus by the Board of Directors the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior to the Preferred Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as "Senior Securities"). The Preferred Stock is subject to the issuance of series of Junior Securities, Parity Securities and Senior Securities, provided that the Company may not issue any new class of Senior Securities without the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be, together as one class.

88

No dividend whatsoever shall be declared or paid upon, or any sum set apart for the payment of dividends upon, any outstanding share of the Preferred Stock with respect to any dividend period unless all dividends for all preceding dividend periods have been declared and paid, or declared and a sufficient sum set apart for the payment of such dividend, upon all outstanding shares of Senior Securities.

DIVIDENDS

The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if dividends are declared by the Board of Directors out of funds of the Company legally available therefor, cumulative dividends from the issue date of the Preferred Stock accruing at the rate per annum of 8.25% of the liquidation preference per share, payable quarterly in arrears on each February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15, commencing on February 15, 2000 (each, a "Dividend Payment Date"). If any such date is not a business day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding business day, to the holders of record as of the next preceding February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1 (each, a "Record Date"). Dividends payable on the Preferred Stock will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and will be deemed to accrue on a daily basis.

Dividends on the Preferred Stock will accrue whether or not the Company has earnings or profits, whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends and whether or not dividends are declared. Dividends will accumulate to the extent they are not paid on the Dividend Payment Date for the period to which they relate. The Certificate of Designations provides that the Company will take all actions required or permitted under applicable law to permit the payment of dividends on the Preferred Stock.

No dividend whatsoever shall be declared or paid upon, or any sum set apart for the payment of dividends upon, any outstanding share of the Preferred Stock with respect to any dividend period unless all dividends for all preceding dividend periods have been declared and paid, or declared and a sufficient sum set apart for the payment of such dividend, upon all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. Unless full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods shall have been declared and paid, or declared and a sufficient sum for the payment thereof set apart, then: (i) no dividend (other than a dividend payable solely in shares of any Junior Securities or Parity Securities or a partial dividend on Parity Securities that is paid pro rata on the Preferred Stock) shall be declared or paid upon, or any sum set apart for the payment of dividends upon, any shares of Junior Securities or Parity Securities, respectively; (ii) no other distribution shall be declared or made upon, or any sum set apart for the payment of any distribution upon, any shares of Junior Securities or Parity Securities, other than a distribution consisting solely of Junior Securities or Parity Securities, respectively; (iii) no shares of Junior Securities or Parity Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable for or convertible into any Junior Securities or Parity Securities shall be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired (excluding an exchange for shares of other Junior Securities or Parity Securities, respectively) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (iv) no monies shall be paid into or set apart or made available for a sinking or other like fund for the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of any shares of Junior Securities or Parity Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable for or convertible into any Junior Securities or Parity Securities by the Company or any of

89

its subsidiaries. Holders of the Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends in excess of the full cumulative dividends as herein described.

The Company's ability to pay dividends on the Preferred Stock is limited by the terms of the New Bank Financing, the Company's 8.20% Senior Notes due 2007 and the New Senior Notes, and may further be limited by debt agreements that the Company may enter into in the future. See "Risk Factors -- Our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock is limited."

REDEMPTION

Optional Redemption. The Preferred Stock may be redeemed, in whole or from time to time in part, at the option of the Company (the "Optional Redemption") at any time on or after November 18, 2004, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of the liquidation preference set forth below, in each case, together with accumulated and unpaid dividends (including an amount equal to a prorated dividend for any partial dividend period) and Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior written notice, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on November 18 of the years set forth below:

YEAR                                                          PERCENTAGE
----                                                          ----------
2004........................................................    104.13%
2005........................................................    103.30
2006........................................................    102.48
2007........................................................    101.65
2008........................................................    100.83
2009 and thereafter.........................................    100.00

No Optional Redemption may be authorized or made unless, prior to giving the applicable redemption notice, all accumulated and unpaid dividends for periods ended prior to the date of such redemption notice shall have been paid in cash. In the event of partial redemptions of Preferred Stock, the shares to be redeemed will be determined pro rata or by lot, as determined by the Company, provided that the Company may redeem all shares held by holders of fewer than 100 shares of Preferred Stock (or by holders that would hold fewer than 100 shares of Preferred Stock following such redemption) prior to its redemption of other shares of Preferred Stock.

METHOD OF PAYMENTS

The Company will make each dividend payment (including any Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages) and Optional Redemption payment on the Preferred Stock in cash. The Company will make a public announcement no later than the close of business on the tenth business day prior to the Record Date for each dividend as to whether it will pay such dividend.

PROCEDURE FOR REDEMPTION

On and after a redemption date, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the applicable redemption price, dividends will cease to accrue on shares of Preferred Stock

90

called for redemption and all rights of holders of such shares will terminate except for the right to receive the redemption price, without interest; provided, however, that if a notice of redemption has been given and an amount in cash equal to the full redemption price shall have been segregated and irrevocably set apart by the Company in trust for the benefit of holders of the Preferred Stock called for redemption, then at the close of business on the day on which such funds are so segregated and set apart, the holders of the shares to be redeemed shall cease to be stockholders of the Company and shall be entitled, subject to their rights of conversion, to receive only the redemption price for their shares on the redemption date. The Company will make a public announcement of the redemption and send a written notice thereof by first class mail to each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock not fewer than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such redemption. Shares of Preferred Stock issued and reacquired will, upon compliance with the applicable requirements of law, have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock of the Company undesignated as to series and may with any and all other authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock of the Company be designated or redesignated and issued, as part of any series of preferred stock of the Company.

CONVERSION RIGHTS

Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible (unless previously redeemed), in whole or from time to time in part, at any time at the option of the holder thereof, into that number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to $50.00 (the liquidation preference per share of Preferred Stock) divided by the conversion price then applicable. A holder's right to convert shares of Preferred Stock called for redemption will terminate at the close of business on the business day preceding the redemption date and will be lost if not exercised prior to that time, unless the Company defaults in making the payment due upon redemption.

The initial conversion price is $3.675 per share, and the number of shares of common stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is initially convertible is 13.605. The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in certain events, including: (i) the payment of dividends (and other distributions) in common stock on any class of capital stock of the Company other than the payment of any regularly scheduled dividend on any other preferred stock which does not trigger any anti-dilution provisions in any other security; (ii) the issuance to all holders of common stock of rights, warrants or options entitling them to subscribe for or purchase common stock at less than the Average Market Value; (iii) subdivisions, combinations and reclassifications of common stock; (iv) distributions to all holders of common stock of evidences of indebtedness of the Company, shares of capital stock, securities, cash or property (excluding any dividends, rights, warrants, options or distributions referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above and any dividend or distribution paid exclusively in cash to all holders of common stock in an aggregate amount that, together with (A) other all-cash distributions made within the preceding 12 months in respect of which no adjustment has been made and (B) any cash and the fair market value, as of the expiration of the tender or exchange offer referred to below, of consideration payable in respect of any tender or exchange offer by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company of the common stock concluded within the preceding 12 months in respect of which no adjustment has been made, exceeds 15.0% of the Company's aggregate market capitalization (such aggregate market capitalization being the product of the Average Market Value of the common stock determined as of the Record Date for such dividend or distribution multiplied by the number of shares of common stock then outstanding) on

91

the date of such distribution); and (v) the successful completion of a tender or exchange offer made by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company for the common stock which involves an aggregate consideration that, together with (X) any cash and the fair market value of other consideration payable in respect of any preceding 12 months in respect of which no adjustment has been made and (Y) the aggregate amount of any all-cash distribution to all holders of the common stock made within the preceding 12 months in respect of which no adjustment has been made, exceeds 15.0% of the Company's aggregate market capitalization on the expiration of such tender or exchange offer.

"Average Market Value" of the common stock will mean the arithmetic average of the Current Market Value of the common stock for the ten trading days ending on the fifth trading day prior to the date of the event requiring such calculation.

"Current Market Value" of the common stock will mean for any day (i) the volume weighted average price, as quoted in Bloomberg Financial Markets, or (ii) the average of the high and low sale prices of the common stock, if reported on any national securities exchange.

No adjustment of the conversion price will be required to be made until cumulative adjustments amount to 1% or more of the conversion price as last adjusted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment to the conversion price shall reduce the conversion price below the then applicable par value per share of the common stock. In addition to the foregoing adjustments, the Company will be permitted to make such reductions in the conversion price as it considers to be advisable in order that any event treated for federal income tax purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights will not be taxable to the holders of the common stock.

Unless subject to the provisions described under "Fundamental Change Conversion Price Adjustment" below, in the case of certain consolidations or mergers to which the Company is a party or the transfer of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each share of Preferred Stock then outstanding would become convertible only into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon the consolidation, merger or transfer by a holder of the number of shares of common stock into which such share of Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately prior to the such consolidation, merger or transfer (assuming such holder of common stock failed to exercise any rights of election and received per share the kind and amount receivable per share by a plurality of non-electing shares).

No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon conversion; in lieu thereof, the Company will round the applicable number of shares up or down to the nearest whole number of shares.

The holder of record of a share of Preferred Stock at the close of business on a Record Date with respect to the payment of dividends on the Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive such dividends with respect to such share of Preferred Stock on the corresponding Dividend Payment Date, notwithstanding the conversion of such share after such Record Date and prior to such Dividend Payment Date. A share of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any Record Date for the payment of dividends to the opening of business of the corresponding Dividend Payment Date must be accompanied by a payment in cash in an amount equal to the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date, unless such share of Preferred

92

Stock has been called for redemption on a redemption date occurring during the period from the close of business on any Record Date for the payment of dividends to the close of business on the business day immediately following the corresponding Dividend Payment Date. The dividend payment with respect to a share of Preferred Stock called for redemption on a date during the period from the close of business on any Record Date for the payment of dividends to the close of business on the business day immediately following the corresponding Dividend Payment Date will be payable on such Dividend Payment Date to the record holder of such share on such Record Date if such share has been converted after such Record Date and prior to such Dividend Payment Date. No payment or adjustment will be made upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock for accumulated and unpaid dividends or for dividends with respect to the common stock issued upon such conversion.

FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE CONVERSION PRICE ADJUSTMENT

If the Company makes an announcement of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change (as defined below), there will be an adjustment to the conversion price of the Preferred Stock such that such conversion price will thereafter equal the Fundamental Change Average Market Price, unless the resulting conversion rate is lower than the then current conversion rate of the Preferred Stock as calculated in the manner described in "-- Conversion Rights" (in which case there will be no such adjustment to the conversion price).

The term "Fundamental Change" means the occurrence of any transaction or event in connection with which all or substantially all of the outstanding common stock shall be exchanged for, converted into, acquired for or constitute the right to receive stock, securities, other property or assets (including cash) of another entity or person (whether by means of an exchange offer, liquidation, tender offer, consolidation, merger, combination, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise). "Fundamental Change Average Market Price" of the common stock means the Average Market Value as of the closing of the Fundamental Change.

VOTING RIGHTS

Holders of record shares of the Preferred Stock have no voting rights, except as required by law and as provided in the Certificate of Designations. The Certificate of Designations provides that upon the accumulation of accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding Preferred Stock in an amount equal to six quarterly dividends, whether or not consecutive (a "Voting Rights Triggering Event"), then the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be entitled to elect one or, if the Board of Directors then has more than five members, two members to the Board of Directors of the Company, and the number of members of the Company's Board of Directors will be immediately and automatically increased by one or two, as the case may be. Voting rights arising as a result of a Voting Rights Triggering Event will continue until such time as all dividends in arrears on the Preferred Stock are paid in full, at which time the term of office of any such members of the Board of Directors so elected shall terminate and such directors shall be deemed to have resigned.

In addition, the Certificate of Designations provides that the Company will not authorize any class of Senior Securities or any obligation or security convertible or exchangeable into or evidencing a right to purchase shares of any class or series of Senior

93

Securities, without the approval of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be, as one class. The Certificate of Designations also provides that the Company may not amend the Certificate of Designations so as to affect adversely the specified rights, preferences, privileges or voting rights of holders of shares of the Preferred Stock or authorize the issuance of any additional shares of Preferred Stock, without the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting or consenting, as the case may be, as one class. The Certificate of Designations also provides that, except as set forth above with respect to Senior Securities, (a) the creation, authorization or issuance of any shares of Junior Securities, Parity Securities or Senior Securities or (b) the increase or decrease in the amount of authorized capital stock of any class, including any preferred stock, shall not require the consent of the holders of Preferred Stock and shall not be deemed to affect adversely the rights, preferences, privileges, special rights or voting rights of holders of shares of Preferred Stock. The consent of the holders of Preferred Stock will not be required for the Company to authorize, create (by way of reclassification or otherwise) or issue any Parity Securities or any obligation or security convertible or exchangeable into or evidencing a right to purchase, shares of any class or series of Parity Securities.

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS

Without the vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Company may not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, any person unless (a) the entity formed by such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (in any such case, the "resulting entity") is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; (b) if the Company is not the resulting entity, the Preferred Stock is converted into or exchanged for and becomes shares of such resulting entity, having in respect of such resulting entity the same (or more favorable) powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights thereof that the Preferred Stock had immediately prior to such transaction; and (c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Voting Rights Triggering Event has occurred and is continuing. The resulting entity of such transaction shall thereafter be deemed to be the "Company" for all purposes of the Certificate of Designations.

Except as described herein, the Certificate of Designations does not provide the holders of the Preferred Stock with any special protection in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction which could adversely affect the Company's capital structure or the value of the Preferred Stock or the common stock.

LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or reduction or decrease in its capital stock resulting in a distribution of assets to the holders of any class or series of the Company's capital stock, each holder of shares of the Preferred Stock will be entitled to payment out of the assets of the Company available for distribution of an amount equal to the liquidation preference per share of Preferred Stock held by such holder, plus accrued and unpaid dividends and Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date fixed for liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or reduction or decrease in capital stock (including an amount equal to a prorated dividend

94

for the period from the last dividend payment date to the date fixed for liquidation, dissolution, winding up or reduction or decrease in capital stock), before any distribution is made on any Junior Securities, including, without limitation, common stock. After payment in full of the liquidation preference and all accrued dividends and Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages, if any, to which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled, such holders will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of the Company. If, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the amounts payable with respect to the Preferred Stock and all other Parity Securities are not paid in full, the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Parity Securities will share equally and ratably in any distribution of assets of the Company in proportion to the full liquidation preference and accumulated and unpaid dividends and Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages, if any, to which each is entitled.

However, neither the voluntary sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company nor the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into one or more entities will be deemed to be a voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or reduction or decrease in capital stock, unless such sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer shall be in connection with a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the business of the Company or reduction or decrease in capital stock.

The Certificate of Designations does not contain any provision requiring funds to be set aside to protect the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock, although such liquidation preference will be substantially in excess of the par value of such shares of Preferred Stock. Consequently, there will be no restriction upon the surplus of the Company solely because the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock will exceed the par value thereof and there will be no remedies available to holders of the Preferred Stock before or after the payment of any dividend, other than in connection with the liquidation of the Company, solely by reason of the fact that such dividend would reduce the surplus of the Company to an amount less than the difference between the liquidation preferences of the Preferred Stock and its par value.

SEC REPORTS

Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with, or furnish to, the SEC such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such information, documents and reports to be so filed at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections (the "Required Filing Times"); provided, however, that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such information, documents and reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filings. The Company shall also in any event (a) within 15 days of each Required Filing Time, provide the Transfer Agent and the holders of the Preferred Stock with copies of such information, documents and reports and (b) if the SEC does not permit the filing of such information, documents and reports, promptly upon written request supply copies of such information, documents and reports to any prospective holder of the Preferred Stock.

95

REGISTRATION RIGHTS; PREFERRED STOCK LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to file this shelf registration statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") with the Commission to cover resales of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) by holders thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement.

"Transfer Restricted Securities" for this purpose, means each share of Preferred Stock and each share of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock or in satisfaction of any dividend or other payment on the Preferred Stock until (a) the date on which such security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (b) the date on which such security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or may be distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

The Registration Rights Agreement provides that (a) the Company will file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission not later than 90 days after the date of original issuance of the Preferred Stock, (b) the Company will cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to 180 days after the date of original issuance of the Preferred Stock and (c) the Company will use its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective for two years from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission or such shorter period that will terminate when all of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered thereby have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

Holders will be required to provide certain information to the Company to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement in order to have their Transfer Restricted Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages as set forth above. The Company will provide to each holder for whom such Shelf Registration Statement was filed copies of the prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Transfer Restricted Securities. A holder selling its Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally would be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement which are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification obligations). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in holders of securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such securities during the two year period referred to above, except under certain circumstances relating to pending corporate developments, public filings with the Commission and similar events.

If (a) on or prior to the 90th day following the date of original issuance of the Preferred Stock, the Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed with the Commission, (b) on or prior to the 180th day following the date of original issuance of the Preferred Stock, the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective or (c) after the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions) in connection

96

with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with and during the two year period specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (c), a "Registration Default"), liquidated damages ("Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages") will accrue on the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages will accrue at a rate of .25% of the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by .25% at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.00% per annum of the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock.

BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM; GLOBAL SHARES

The Preferred Stock resold in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A or in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S is represented by one or more permanent global shares in definitive, fully-registered form (the "Restricted Global Shares"), which are deposited with, or on behalf of, the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC in New York, New York for the accounts of participants in DTC.

Investors who are "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and referred to as "QIBs") and who purchase Preferred Stock in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act hold their interests in the Restricted Global Shares directly through DTC if they are DTC participants, or indirectly through organizations that are DTC participants.

Investors who purchase Preferred Stock in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act hold their interests in the Restricted Global Shares directly through Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear System (Euroclear) and Cedel Bank, societe anonyme (Cedel Bank), if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such systems. Euroclear and Cedel Bank hold interests in the Restricted Global Shares on behalf of their participants through their respective depositaries, which in turn hold such interests in the Restricted Global Shares in customers' securities accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC. Citibank, N.A., is the initial depositary for Cedel Bank, and The Chase Manhattan Bank is the initial depositary for Euroclear.

Preferred Stock resold under the Shelf Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part will be represented by a permanent global share in definitive, fully-registered form (the "Unrestricted Global Share" and together with the Restricted Global Shares, the "Global Shares"). The Unrestricted Global Share will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC in New York, New York for the accounts of participants in DTC. Investors may hold their interests in the Unrestricted Global Share directly through DTC if they are DTC participants, or indirectly through organizations that are DTC participants.

Upon each sale by a Selling Stockholder of Preferred Stock (or the shares of common stock into which the Preferred Stock may be converted) offered hereby, such Selling Stockholder will be required to deliver a notice (the "Notice") of such sale to the Transfer Agent and the Company. The Notice will, among other things, identify the sale as a sale pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a

97

part, certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act have been satisfied, and certify that the Selling Stockholder and the number of Preferred Stock (or shares of common stock into which the Preferred Stock may be converted) are identified in the prospectus in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations under the Securities Act. A copy of the Notice is included herein in Appendix A. Additional copies may be requested from the Company, 200 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114, telephone number
(216) 622-5000 Attention: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.

Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Notice relating to a sale of Preferred Stock, an appropriate adjustment will be made to reflect a decrease in the principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Share or the cancellation of a Definitive Share (as relevant), upon the transfer thereof, and a corresponding increase in the principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Share.

Preferred Stock which is not resold under this prospectus and which is transferred to institutional "accredited investors" (as defined in Rules
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that are not QIBs will be issued and physically delivered in fully registered, definitive form (the "Definitive Share") and may not be represented by interests in the Restricted Global Shares. Otherwise, except in the limited circumstances described below, holders of Preferred Stock represented by interests in Global Shares will not be entitled to receive Definitive Shares.

DTC has advised the Company as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities of institutions that have accounts with DTC ("participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC's participants include securities brokers and dealers (which may include the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC's book-entry system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, whether directly or indirectly.

Upon the issuance of the Global Shares, DTC will credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the respective number of Preferred Stock of the individual beneficial interests represented by the Global Shares to the accounts of participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Shares will be limited to participants or persons that may hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Shares will be shown on, and the transfer of those ownership interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to participants' interests) and such participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial interests in the Global Shares other than participants).

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered holder and owner of the Preferred Stock, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole legal owner of the Preferred Stock represented by the Global Shares for all purposes under the Certificate of Designations and the Preferred Stock. Except as set forth below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Shares will not be entitled to receive Definitive Shares and will not be considered to be the owners or holders of any Preferred Stock under the Global Shares. The Company understands that under existing industry practice, in the

98

event an owner of a beneficial interest in the Global Shares desires to take any action that DTC, as the holder of the Global Shares, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the participants to take such action, and that participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them. No beneficial owner of any interest in the Global Shares will be able to transfer the interest except in accordance with DTC's applicable procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Certificate of Designations and, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Cedel Bank.

Payments of dividends and Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages, if any, on, and any redemption price with respect to, the Preferred Stock represented by the Global Shares registered in the name of and held by DTC or its nominee will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner and holder of the Global Shares.

The Company expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of dividends on, or the redemption price with respect to, the Global Shares, will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the Global Shares as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. The Company also expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Shares held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices as is now the case with securities held for accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payment, however, will be the responsibility of such participants and indirect participants, and neither the Company nor the Transfer Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Global Shares or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and its participants or the relationship between such participants and the owners of beneficial interests in the Global Shares.

Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Definitive Notes in definitive form, the Global Share may not be transferred except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another nominee of DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear and Cedel Bank will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures. If a holder requires physical delivery of a Definitive Share for any reason, including to sell Preferred Stock to persons in jurisdictions which require such delivery of such Preferred Stock or to pledge such Preferred Stock, such holder must transfer its interest in the Global Shares in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and the procedures set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

Cross-market transfers between DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Euroclear or Cedel Bank participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of Euroclear or Cedel Bank, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Cedel Bank, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (Brussels time). Euroclear or Cedel Bank, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take

99

action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the Global Shares in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Cedel Bank participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries for Euroclear or Cedel Bank.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Cedel Bank participant purchasing an interest in the Global Shares from a DTC participant will be credited during the securities settlement processing day
(which must be a business day for Euroclear or Cedel Bank, as the case may be)
immediately following the DTC settlement date, and such credit of any transactions interests in the Global Shares settled during such processing day will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Cedel Bank participant on such day. Cash received in Euroclear or Cedel Bank as a result of sales of interests in the Global Shares by or through a Euroclear or Cedel Bank participant to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date, but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Cedel Bank cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

The Company expects that DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of Preferred Stock (including the presentation of Preferred Stock for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global Shares is credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate number of the Preferred Stock as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction.

Although the Company expects that DTC, Euroclear and Cedel Bank will agree to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Share among participants of DTC, Euroclear, and Cedel Bank, DTC, Euroclear and Cedel Bank are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the Transfer Agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Cedel Bank or their participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

If DTC is at any time unwilling to continue as a depositary for the Global Share and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, the Company will issue Definitive Shares in exchange for the Global Shares.

100

DESCRIPTION OF NEW BANK FINANCING

In connection with the consummation of the Copperweld acquisition, we entered into the New Bank Financing, a five-year senior secured credit facility consisting of a single tranche of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $225 million. We used the New Bank Financing to pay a portion of the purchase price of the Acquisitions and related fees and expenses. Obligations under the New Bank Financing are guaranteed by substantially all our domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries (other than special purpose subsidiaries established to facilitate our working capital facilities), and secured by substantially all of the assets of Welded Tube and Copperweld Corporation, other than accounts receivable and the real property and associated fixtures at Welded Tube's Portland facility, including a secured intercompany note between Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, Inc. Pricing on the loans under the New Bank Financing will be based on LIBOR, reset periodically, plus a margin ranging from 3.375% to 4.125%, depending on the ratings that Standard & Poor's and Moody's assign the loans from time to time. We will also have the option to borrow at pricing based on an alternate base rate plus a margin ranging from 2.00% to 2.875% based on similar ratings. The alternate base rate is the higher of the prime rate and the Federal Funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1%.

The New Bank Financing loans have de minimis scheduled amortization payments during the first four years after closing, with equal scheduled payments of $54 million at the end of February, May, August and October 2004, with final maturity on October 31, 2004. In addition, we are required to prepay these loans with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and insurance awards, 75% (subject to reduction) of excess cash flow, 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain debt issuances and 50% of the net cash proceeds of certain equity issuances unless certain financial ratios are met (in which case no such prepayment shall be required).

The New Bank Financing will contain covenants limiting our and our subsidiaries' ability to (1) incur additional debt and additional liens, (2) enter into sale-leaseback transactions, (3) make dividends and other payments with respect to our equity securities and certain optional payments with respect to our debt, (4) enter into agreements that restrict our subsidiaries' ability to make distributions to us, (5) make new investments or capital expenditures and (6) enter into mergers or sell assets. We are required to comply with consolidated financial tests including a leverage ratio, an interest coverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio. We are also required to make customary representations and warranties prior to borrowing under the facility.

The New Bank Financing also contains events of default upon the occurrence of events including (1) failure to make payments when due under that facility,
(2) a misrepresentation, (3) failure to comply with covenants, (4) the occurrence of a default under other material debt of LTV or any subsidiary, (5) the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, (6) a default in the satisfaction of legal judgments and (7) a change of control of LTV. The existence of any event of default would permit the lenders under the New Bank Financing to accelerate the maturity of the loans. If the lenders choose to do so in that circumstance, the loans under the New Bank Financing would become immediately due and payable.

101

DESCRIPTION OF NEW SENIOR NOTES

In order to finance a portion of the Acquisitions, we offered $275,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 11 3/4% Senior Notes due 2009 (the "New Senior Notes"). The following summary of the terms of the New Senior Notes is incomplete. You should read the indenture relating to the New Senior Notes for a complete description thereof.

GENERAL. The New Senior Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of November 5, 1999, and will bear interest at 11.75% per annum. The indenture provides for the issuance of an unlimited amount of additional notes, subject to compliance with the terms of the indenture and our other debt instruments.

GUARANTEES. The New Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all our existing and future wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (other than certain unrestricted subsidiaries, inactive subsidiaries and special purpose subsidiaries established to facilitate our working capital facilities), except that the guarantees provided by Welded Tube, Copperweld Corporation and any of their subsidiaries that become Guarantors will be subordinated to the guarantees provided by these companies under the New Bank Financing.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. We may redeem the New Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 15, 2004, at the redemption prices set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12 month period commencing on or after November 15 of the year set forth below:

YEAR                                                     REDEMPTION PRICE
----                                                     ----------------
2004...................................................      105.875%
2005...................................................      103.917
2006...................................................      101.958
2007 and thereafter....................................      100.000

In addition, at our option, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Notes prior to November 15, 2002, at a redemption price equal to 111.750% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined in the indenture governing the New Senior Notes); provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of the New Senior Notes originally issued remains outstanding following such redemption.

CHANGE OF CONTROL. Upon the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the indenture governing the New Senior Notes) we will be required to offer to repurchase the New Senior Notes at a cash purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

CERTAIN COVENANTS. The New Senior Notes will limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

- incur additional indebtedness;

- make any dividend or other distributions with respect to our capital stock or purchase, redeem or retire our capital stock;

- create liens;

102

- in the case of our restricted subsidiaries, create or permit to exist dividend or payment restrictions with respect to us;

- consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all our assets or the assets of LTV Steel or our tubular business;

- sell assets; and

- transact business with our affiliates.

All these limitations will be subject to a number of important qualifications, including the elimination of certain covenants if we obtain an investment grade rating for the New Senior Notes.

EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS. Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we have agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to an offer to exchange the New Senior Notes for notes having substantially identical terms as the New Senior Notes (the "Exchange Notes"), except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions. Under certain circumstances, we have also agreed to file a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the New Senior Notes and to use best efforts to keep this shelf registration statement effective until up to two years after the original issuance date of the New Senior Notes. If we fail to satisfy these obligations, we will be required to pay special interest (in addition to the interest otherwise due on the New Senior Notes).

103

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

In addition to the New Senior Notes, the New Bank Financing and the 1997 Notes, our principal third party financial arrangements consist of obligations under the Receivables Facility, the Inventory Facility, the Sumitomo Securities Purchase Agreement, the PBGC Settlement Agreement and related documents (all as described below), all of which are secured by, or otherwise have a claim on, our assets. The Receivables Facility and the Inventory Facility are provided through syndicates of lending institutions. We have also entered into a security arrangement with the USWA which is described below.

THE 8.20% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007

As of September 30, 1999, we have outstanding $300 million in aggregate principal amount of our 1997 Notes. The 1997 Notes bear interest at 8.20% per annum and were issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of September 22, 1997 and are guaranteed by LTV Steel Company, Inc.

The 1997 Notes will be redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, in cash, at any time on or after September 15, 2002, at the redemption price set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12 month period commencing on or after September 15 of the year set forth below:

                                                            % OF PRINCIPAL
YEAR                                                            AMOUNT
----                                                        --------------
2002......................................................     104.100%
2003......................................................     102.733
2004......................................................     101.367
On and after 2005.........................................     100.000

In addition, at our option, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 1997 Notes prior to September 15, 2000 at a redemption price equal to 108.20% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined in the indenture governing the 1997 Notes); provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of the 1997 Notes originally issued remains outstanding following such redemption.

In connection with our offering of New Senior Notes, management amended the 1997 Notes to receive the same guarantees as the New Senior Notes.

THE RECEIVABLES FACILITY AND RELATED DOCUMENTS

LETTERS OF CREDIT AND REVOLVING LOANS

The Receivables Facility (the "Receivables Facility") is an agreement dated as of October 12, 1994 among LTV Sales Finance Company, a bankruptcy-remote, special purpose subsidiary of LTV ("Sales Finance"), the Lenders party thereto (the "Receivables Lenders") and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent and Facility Agent. The Receivables Facility provides for the issuance of letters of credit and the making of loans (the "Revolving Loans") until March 2, 2004, subject to extension, unless earlier terminated after a Liquidation Event, as described below. The Receivables Facility

104

provides for the issuance of letters of credit in an aggregate face amount, together with unreimbursed drawings, of up to $100 million and the making of Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount, together with the aggregate amount of letter of credit obligations at such time, of up to $320 million or, in each case, a lesser amount equal to the then-current Base Amount. The Base Amount is an amount equal to "Net Eligible Receivables" (receivables net of excess concentration) less a reserve of not less than 14%.

RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT AND PLEDGE OF RECEIVABLES

Pursuant to the Receivables Facility, Sales Finance borrows Revolving Loans or causes letters of credit to be issued to purchase accounts receivable from certain of our operating subsidiaries (the "Receivables Sellers") pursuant to a Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Receivables Sale Agreement") entered into by Sales Finance and the Receivables Sellers contemporaneously with the Receivables Facility. Additional amounts needed to finance Sales Finance's purchases of accounts receivable from the Receivables Sellers are obtained through loans made to Sales Finance by us or the Receivables Sellers, equity contributions by us and retained earnings of Sales Finance. Under the Receivables Sale Agreement, each Receivables Seller has limited obligations to indemnify Sales Finance and its accounts receivable sold to Sales Finance if Sales Finance proves that such accounts receivable did not satisfy certain eligibility criteria as represented when sold, as well as other limited indemnification obligations in favor of Sales Finance, not relating to the collectibility of receivables sold. Such obligations are guaranteed by us. The sales of receivables to Sales Finance are intended to be true sales thereof, and ownership of such receivables is held by Sales Finance and not by LTV or our other subsidiaries.

Pursuant to the Receivables Facility, Sales Finance has granted to the Receivables Lenders a security interest in the accounts receivable purchased by Sales Finance under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and all of Sales Finance's related rights and its various bank accounts.

RESTRICTIVE AND FINANCIAL COVENANTS

The Receivables Facility contains affirmative covenants that require, among other things, Sales Finance to provide certain financial and other information concerning itself and the Receivables Sellers, maintain its existence, pay obligations and taxes, afford inspection rights to the Facility Agent, comply with applicable laws, require the maintenance of certain books and records and comply with corporate separateness requirements. The Receivables Facility also contains negative covenants which, among other things, limit the ability of Sales Finance to engage in any activities except as necessary to perform its obligations under the Receivables Facility and related documents, including its ability to incur or suffer to exist indebtedness, contingent obligations and liens, enter into leases, make or own investments, make capital expenditures, amend or waive any provision of other agreements and conduct business with affiliates. The Receivables Facility also contains a financial covenant that requires Sales Finance to maintain a net worth of between $34 million and $40 million at all times.

LIQUIDATION EVENTS

Liquidation Events in the Receivables Facility include failure to pay amounts under the Receivables Facility when due, breaches of covenants or representations under the

105

Receivables Facility, the Receivables Sale Agreement or the related documents, bankruptcy events, certain judgment defaults, impairment of the Receivables Lenders' rights to pledged collateral, servicer termination events, change of control of Sales Finance or the Receivables Sellers or, under the Inventory Security Agreement (as defined in the Receivables Facility), proceeds of sales of inventory ceasing to be released automatically or other remedies being taken. Remedies available upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event include termination of the commitments, acceleration of the Revolving Loans and cash collateralization of letters of credit.

THE INVENTORY SECURITIZATION FACILITY

In March 1998, LTV Steel Company, Inc. ("LTV Steel") and Georgia Tubing Corporation (collectively, the "LTV Steel Group") established a $250 million five-year committed inventory securitization facility (the "Inventory Facility"), to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. Thereafter, for an additional year, the amount of the Inventory Facility will drop to $227 million.

Under the Inventory Facility, the LTV Steel Group sells, on a revolving basis, all of its inventory to LTV Steel Products, LLC, a consolidated structured finance special purpose entity ("Steel Products") wholly owned by LTV Steel. As consideration for the sale of such inventory, Steel Products pays or issues to the LTV Steel Group a combination of available cash, senior secured floating rate notes (the "Secured Notes") and subordinated notes.

The Secured Notes are secured by a first priority security interest in all of Steel Product's right, title and interest in and to the purchased inventory and the proceeds thereof, subject only to certain permitted liens. Steel Products has issued $250 million aggregate principal amount of Secured Notes to the LTV Steel Group and it has the right to issue an additional $100 million aggregate principal amount of Secured Notes, subject to more restrictive collateral requirements, which can be used to obtain additional financing.

Under a five-year $250 million committed note purchase and letter of credit facility, LTV Steel, as agent for the LTV Steel Group, has the right from time to time to sell to a group of financial institutions led by The Chase Manhattan Bank and Chase Securities Inc., and repurchase from such financial institutions, Secured Notes in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of up to $250 million (less the outstanding amount of letters of credit issued under the facility), for an amount in cash equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Secured Notes to be sold, or repurchased, plus, in the case of any repurchase on any date other than an interest payment date, accrued interest and any related breakfunding costs. The credit facility also permits LTV Steel, as agent on behalf of the LTV Steel Group, to obtain letters of credit up to a transaction sublimit of $150 million from such financial institutions by pledging Secured Notes to secure the reimbursement obligations in respect thereof. Steel Products has provided to the financial institutions party to the note purchase and letter of credit facility a guarantee of all amounts payable by LTV Steel under such facility.

LTV Steel performs servicing and processing activities with respect to the inventory purchased by Steel Products. Sales of inventory to customers in the ordinary course of business are made by Steel Products or by LTV Steel for the account of Steel Products. The receivables from such sales are sold by Steel Products to LTV Sales Finance Company a consolidated structured finance special purpose entity ("Sales Finance"),

106

under Sales Finance's receivables securitization facility, and the cash received from such sold receivables are used by Steel Products to pay amounts due on the Secured Notes and subordinated notes, and to pay processing and servicing fees and for future purchases of inventory. Unless an event of default in respect of the Secured Notes or an amortization event in respect of the Secured Notes that is triggered by certain events relating to the receivables securitization facility has occurred and is continuing, the security interest of the Secured Note holders in the receivables is automatically released to the extent such receivables are sold under the receivables securitization facility. Creditors of LTV Sales Finance Company have a claim on the assets of that company prior to those assets becoming available to other creditors of LTV or our affiliates.

SUMITOMO PREFERRED STOCK

Pursuant to the Sumitomo Securities Purchase Agreement, SMI America, Inc. ("SMI"), a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Sumitomo Metal Industries, Ltd., purchased 500,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of The LTV Corporation (the "Series B Preferred Stock"). Subject to the right of any holder of Series B Preferred Stock to convert any or all of such holder's shares into shares of our common stock at a specified conversion price, LTV has the right to redeem all the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, at any time at a price equal to the following percentages multiplied by $100.00 per share, plus an amount per share equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not declared or currently payable, to the date of redemption if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 28 of the following year:

1999........................................................  101.5%
On and after 2000...........................................  100.0

Notwithstanding our right to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock may elect to exclude one share of Series B Preferred Stock from redemption. Such share will no longer have any voting rights or any rights to dividends or distributions or conversion. Such share will then become subject to redemption after SMI shall cease to have any rights under certain provisions of the Consultation and Management Participation Agreement (as defined in the Sumitomo Securities Purchase Agreement).

Pursuant to the L-S Exchange Right and Security Agreement and the L-S II Exchange Right and Security Agreement (each entered into pursuant to the Sumitomo Securities Purchase Agreement, the "Exchange Right Agreements"), SMI has the right, upon the occurrence of an Exchange Right Event (as defined in the Exchange Right Agreements), which includes a change of control of LTV or LTV Steel, to exchange all, but not less than all (except in certain specified circumstances), of its shares of Series B Preferred Stock for all or a portion of LTV's partnership interest in its electro-galvanizing joint venture with SMI. See "Business -- Integrated Steel Properties."

The Series B Preferred Stock will rank equal in right of payment with the Preferred Stock.

107

USWA LIEN ON CLEVELAND WEST

Pursuant to a predecessor labor agreement with the USWA, LTV Steel granted liens on the plant, property and equipment at its Cleveland West facilities and a royalty free license or sublicense with respect to intellectual properties used in connection with the manufacture of products at such facilities to secure payment of certain retiree health benefits to salaried and hourly employees and retirees ("Secured Obligations"). The provisions governing these liens have been incorporated into our new labor agreement with the USWA.

If a future appraisal reveals that the aggregate Coverage Value (as defined below) of such collateral is less than $250 million, LTV Steel must grant or cause to be granted additional collateral with a Coverage Value at least equal to such deficit, provided that such obligation to add collateral extends only to plant, property and equipment of LTV Steel and its affiliates engaged in the steel business. Alternatively, if an appraisal reveals that the aggregate Coverage Value of the collateral is greater than $250 million, LTV Steel may request the release of collateral with a Coverage Value not to exceed such excess. For purposes of plant, property and equipment, Coverage Value means 50% of the most recent appraised value thereof (subject to certain adjustments) less two times any obligation secured thereby to which the Secured Obligations have been subordinated as described below.

The security interest granted may, subject to certain conditions, be subordinated to certain subsequent security interests including, among others, security interests created for the benefit of working capital lenders or in favor of our restored pension plans.

The maximum amount recoverable to pay the Secured Obligations upon the occurrence of a Distribution Event (as defined below) and foreclosure of the collateral is $250 million. Distribution Event means (1) the occurrence of a proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to LTV Steel and/or certain of its affiliates, (2) a court-ordered reduction of the Secured Obligations of LTV Steel and/or certain of its affiliates in a Chapter 11 proceeding under Section 1113 or 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, (3) an assertion by LTV Steel and/or certain of its affiliates in a judicial proceeding or arbitration that the Secured Obligations can be decreased without the consent of the USWA, (4) a failure of LTV Steel and/or certain of its affiliates in certain circumstances to pay Secured Obligations in an aggregate amount greater than $25 million or (5) a failure of LTV Steel and/or certain of its affiliates in certain circumstances to add collateral as described above but only to the extent that the Minimum Coverage Value (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement entered into pursuant to the predecessor labor agreement) exceeds the Coverage Value of the collateral by $25 million.

PBGC SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

Following PBGC's restoration of three of the four steel defined benefit pension plans which it had earlier terminated (collectively the "restored pension plans"), we and most of our subsidiaries entered into the PBGC Settlement Agreement with PBGC to address the funding of restored pension plans. The following summary of the material issues relating to the PBGC Settlement Agreement is general, does not contain all of the details of the agreement and is qualified by reference to the agreement. We agreed to certain amendments to the PBGC Settlement Agreement on December 2, 1998, and the

108

agreement as amended and restated was filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

TERMS OF PAYMENT

The PBGC Settlement Agreement establishes some special funding rules, including restoration payment schedule orders ("RPSOs") to be issued by the PBGC which provide for amortization of the remaining past service liability over 20 years, and the maintenance of certain minimum funding credit balances. Except for these requirements, LTV is subject to the normal minimum funding standards set forth in the Internal Revenue Code for these plans.

From June 1993 through December 31, 1998, we contributed over $2.8 billion to the restored pension plans. As a result of the December 1998 amendments, we will base our funding of our major defined benefit pension plans on the minimum funding standards contained in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and pay additional amounts as appropriate. In connection with these amendments, we also prepaid an 8.5% Promissory Note due in 2020 issued to the PBGC for $62 million, including accumulated interest. We do not expect to be required to make any significant pension contributions in the near future.

COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The principal covenants in the PBGC Settlement Agreement are similar to those in the 1997 Notes. See "-- The 8.20% Senior Notes due 2007." This agreement also imposes separate limits on our ability to make new investments in Trico Steel, enter into transactions with certain affiliates and enter into agreements that would restrain our and our subsidiaries' ability to perform our obligations under the PBGC Settlement Agreement. Events of default under the PBGC Settlement Agreement include the failure to make required payments to the restored pension plans, misrepresentations, certain failures to perform certain covenants, payment defaults or acceleration of other indebtedness of more than $100 million, certain judgment defaults, assertion by us or any of our subsidiaries that the PBGC Settlement Agreement is not legal, valid and binding, invalidity or unenforceability of liens granted pursuant to the PBGC Settlement Agreement and various bankruptcy events. Remedies for an event of default include, among others, the ability to seek specific performance and liquidated damages for defaults in pension payments (in an amount equal to the sum of interest on the unpaid amount and the higher of such interest or 20% of the unpaid amount) and modification of the RPSO.

109

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.50 par value, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $1.00 par value. At December 27, 1999, there were 105,402,602 shares of common stock and 2,100,000 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. An aggregate of 13,100,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for future issuance under certain employee and director stock plans and in respect of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series B Preferred Stock") and 21,768,000 shares of common stock have been reserved initially for issuance upon conversion of the Preferred Stock being registered hereunder. In this description, the word "Company" refers only to The LTV Corporation and not any of its subsidiaries.

The following summary description of the material issues concerning capital stock of the Company is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company.

COMMON STOCK

DIVIDENDS

The holders of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when and as dividends are declared by the Board of Directors of the Company out of funds legally available therefor, provided that if any shares of preferred stock are at the time outstanding, the payment of dividends on the common stock or other distributions may be subject to the prior declaration and payment of full cumulative dividends on outstanding shares of preferred stock. As described below, payment of dividends on the common stock is currently restricted by certain provisions in the Company's financing arrangements. See "Risk Factors -- Our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock is limited."

Pursuant to the indenture governing the 1997 Notes and the indenture governing the New Senior Notes, the Company may not declare or pay dividends or make certain other Restricted Payments (as defined therein) with respect to its capital stock, including both common stock and preferred stock, unless, among other requirements, after giving effect to such payments, the Company could incur additional debt under the debt incurrence covenant contained therein and the amount of such dividends and other restricted payments would not exceed 50% of the Company's consolidated net income from July 1, 1997, plus the net proceeds from the sale of capital stock or conversion or exchange of certain debt for capital stock since the issuance of the 1997 Notes in September 1997. These indentures provide certain additional exceptions, including a separate provision that allows for up to $40 million of Restricted Payments without compliance with the foregoing financial test. As of September 30, 1999, but after giving pro forma effect to the net proceeds received from the sale of the Preferred Stock in the Initial Offering, approximately $130 million would be available for the payment of dividends or other Restricted Payments under this financial covenant. Any repurchase of Preferred Stock pursuant to the Special Repurchase would reduce such amount by the amount of such repurchase.

An agreement entered into with Sumitomo Metals Industries in connection with its purchase of the Series B Preferred Stock provides that the Company may not pay dividends on common stock other than in shares of common stock unless dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock have been paid in cash for the immediately preceding four quarters.

110

VOTING RIGHTS

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the equity security holders.

LIQUIDATION RIGHTS

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, any assets remaining after the satisfaction in full of the prior rights of creditors and the aggregate liquidation preference of any preferred stock then outstanding will be distributed to the holders of common stock.

NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

The holders of common stock are not entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR OF COMMON STOCK

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is ChaseMellon Shareholder Services LLC, 85 Challenger Road, Overpeck Center, Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660.

PREFERRED STOCK

Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company's Board of Directors is authorized to establish and designate one or more series of preferred stock, without further authorization of the Company's stockholders, and to fix the number of shares, the dividend rate and the relative rights (including voting rights), preferences and limitations of any such series. Thus, any series may, if so determined by the Board of Directors, have full voting rights with the common stock or superior or limited voting rights, be convertible into common stock or another security of the Company and have such other relative rights, preferences and limitations as the Board of Directors shall determine. As a result, any class or series of preferred stock could have rights which would adversely affect the voting power of the common stock.

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

For a description of the Series A Preferred Stock, see "Preferred Stock."

SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

As of December 27, 1999, there were 500,000 shares Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

DIVIDENDS. Dividends paid in cash with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock are subject to the same restrictions as those applicable to the Company's common stock. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are payable quarterly in either cash or common stock at the election of the Company at the rate of 4.5% per annum (or 5% per annum if not paid quarterly). Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive any dividends to which they are entitled before dividends are paid to holders of common stock.

CONVERSION. Each holder of Series B Preferred Stock currently has the right, at its election, to convert any or all of such shares, together with all accrued and unpaid

111

dividends, at any time, into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $17.09 per share.

VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock have the right to vote with the holders of common stock and have 5.58138 votes per share. In addition, the Series B Preferred Stock has separate class voting rights with respect to certain matters including creating or issuing capital stock that is senior to the preferred stock and allowing for the Company to dissolve, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of its assets, undertake certain mergers or amend its Certificate of Incorporation in any manner that adversely affects the rights of the holders of such Series B Preferred Stock.

LIQUIDATION RIGHTS. In any liquidation, the Series B Preferred Stock will be senior to all common stock and pari passu with the Preferred Stock.

NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or to subscribe to additional issues of any class.

REQUIRED APPROVAL FOR CERTAIN PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK

For the purpose of preserving the Company's ability to utilize certain favorable tax attributes, Article Ninth of the Certificate of Incorporation ("Article Ninth") prohibits, with certain limited exceptions, any unapproved acquisition of common stock or certain other securities issued by the Company that would cause the Ownership Interest Percentage (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) of the acquiror or any other person to increase to 4.5% or above or from 4.5% or above to a greater Ownership Interest Percentage. For a discussion of an exception to the Article Ninth prohibitions, see "-- Potential Antitakeover Effect of Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company -- Limitation on Transfer." A person's Ownership Interest Percentage for purposes of Article Ninth is determined by reference to specified federal income tax principles, including attribution of shares from certain related parties, deemed exercise of rights to acquire stock and aggregation of shares purchased by persons acting in concert. A prospective purchaser of the Preferred Stock in this offering who believes that a purchase by it may be subject to the limitations imposed by Article Ninth should consult with such person's advisors or the Company to determine if approval must be obtained from the Board of Directors of the Company. In accordance with the terms of the Preferred Stock, purchasers of the Preferred Stock in this offering (or otherwise) agree by virtue of such purchase to the limitations imposed by Article Ninth. See "United States Federal Income Tax Considerations." The foregoing discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to Article Ninth.

POTENTIAL ANTITAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANY

The Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company contain provisions that could have an antitakeover effect. The following is a summary of such provisions included in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company.

CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Certificate of Incorporation provides for a Board of Directors divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms.

112

The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board of Directors in a relatively short period of time. At least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, generally will be required to effect a change in a majority of the Board of Directors. Such a delay may, among other things, help ensure that the Board of Directors and the stockholders, if confronted by a stockholder attempting to force a stock repurchase at a premium above market, a proxy contest or an extraordinary corporate transaction, will have sufficient time to review the proposal and appropriate alternatives to the proposal and to act in what is believed to be the best interests of the stockholders.

The classified board provision could have the effect of discouraging a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company, even though such an attempt might be beneficial to the Company and its stockholders. The classified board provision could thus increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. In addition, since the classified board provision is designed to discourage accumulations of large blocks of common stock of the Company by purchasers whose objective is to have such stock repurchased by the Company at a premium, the classified board provision could tend to reduce the temporary fluctuations in the market price of the common stock that could be caused by accumulations of large blocks of common stock associated with such purchases. Accordingly, stockholders could be deprived of certain opportunities to sell their common stock at a temporarily higher market price.

The Board of Directors believes that a classified board of directors will help to assure the continuity and stability of the Board of Directors and the business strategies and policies of the Company as determined by the Board of Directors, because a majority of the directors at any given time will have prior experience as directors of the Company. The classified board provision will also help ensure that the Board of Directors, if confronted with an unsolicited proposal from a third party that has acquired a block of the voting stock of the Company, will have sufficient time to review the proposal and appropriate alternatives and to seek the best available result for all stockholders.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS; FILLING VACANCIES; REMOVAL

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Board of Directors will consist of from three to fifteen directors as fixed solely by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, acting by majority vote of the directors then in office, may fill any newly created directorships or vacancies on the Board of Directors. Moreover, under Delaware law, in the case of a corporation having a classified board, stockholders may remove a director only for cause. This provision, when coupled with the provision of the By-laws authorizing the Board of Directors to fill vacant directorships, will preclude a stockholder from removing incumbent directors without cause and simultaneously gaining control of the Board of Directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees. In the event that dividends on the Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock are in arrears for a certain period of time, holders of such class have the right to appoint one, or in certain circumstances, two directors to the Board of Directors.

113

AMENDMENT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND THE BY-LAWS

The Certificate of Incorporation requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting capital stock of the Company, voting together as a single class, for any amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation which would permit, or have the effect of permitting, the circumvention of Article Ninth. This requirement will make it more difficult for stockholders to make changes in the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws designed to facilitate the exercise of control over the Company. In addition, the requirement for approval by holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting capital stock will enable the holders of a minority of the voting stock of the Company to prevent the holders of a majority of such stock from amending such provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

LIMITATION ON TRANSFER

As described above, in order to protect certain tax attributes, Article Ninth restricts certain accumulations of stock or certain other securities issued by the Company. Article Ninth does not, however, prohibit transfers of stock which are pursuant to any transaction, including but not limited to, a merger or consolidation, in which all holders of common stock receive, or are offered the same opportunity to receive, cash or other consideration for all such common stock, and upon the consummation of which the acquiror will own at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock. Although Article Ninth would not operate to prevent such a transfer, the fact that the utilization of certain significant tax attributes of the Company could be affected by a change of control of the Company could have an antitakeover effect. See "-- Required Approval for Certain Purchases of common stock" and "United States Federal Income Tax Considerations."

BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTE

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") prohibits certain transactions between a Delaware corporation and an "interested stockholder," which is defined as a person who, together with any affiliates and/or associates of such person, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of a Delaware corporation. This provision prohibits certain business combinations (defined broadly to include mergers, consolidations, sales or other dispositions of assets having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the consolidated assets of the corporation and certain transactions that would increase the interested stockholder's proportionate share ownership in the corporation) between an interested stockholder and a corporation for a period of three years after the date the interested stockholder acquired its stock, unless (1) the business combination is approved by the corporation's board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder acquired shares, (2) the interested stockholder acquired at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation in the transaction in which it became an interested stockholder or (3) the business combination is approved by a majority of the board of directors and by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by disinterested stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

114

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

In the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell, tax counsel to LTV, the following summary accurately describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of ownership and disposition of the Preferred Stock. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the "Code"), administrative pronouncements and rulings, judicial decisions, existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, and interpretations of the foregoing, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein (possibly on a retroactive basis). This summary addresses only initial investors who hold the Preferred Stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. It does not discuss all the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of a holder's particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities and tax-exempt organizations or persons holding Preferred Stock in connection with a hedging transaction, "straddle," conversion transaction or other integrated transaction, or persons who have ceased to be United States citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens. Persons considering the purchase of Preferred Stock should consult their tax advisors with regard to the application of the United States federal income tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

As used herein, the term "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner of Preferred Stock that is (1) for United States federal income tax purposes a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a corporation or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, or (3) an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source. If a partnership holds Preferred Stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding Preferred Stock should consult their tax advisors.

As used herein, the term "United States Alien Holder" means an owner of Preferred Stock that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, (1) a nonresident alien individual, (2) a foreign corporation or (3) a nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

UNITED STATES HOLDERS

DIVIDENDS. Dividends paid on the Preferred Stock will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary dividend income to the extent of LTV's current or accumulated earnings and profits. To the extent that the amount of any distribution on the Preferred Stock exceeds LTV's current or accumulated earnings and profits, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital and will be applied against and reduce the United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Preferred Stock. Any remaining amount after the United States Holder's adjusted tax basis has been reduced to zero will be taxed as a capital gain (which may be taxed at lower rates than ordinary income for certain noncorporate taxpayers). Although LTV does not expect to have significant accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes, current and accumulated earnings and profits are computed annually at the close of the taxable year in which the distribution is paid. As a result, whether dividends on the Preferred Stock will be treated as a return of capital or ordinary income will depend principally on the amount of earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes which are generated by LTV in future years and there can be

115

no assurance that LTV will have sufficient current or accumulated earnings and profits for all distributions on the Preferred Stock. For purposes of the remainder of this discussion, the term "dividend" refers to a distribution taxed as ordinary income as described above unless the context indicates otherwise.

Dividends received by corporate shareholders will be eligible for the 70 percent dividends-received deduction under section 243 of the Code, subject to limitations contained in sections 246 and 246A of the Code. Section 246(c) of the Code, as recently modified, requires that in order for a corporation to be eligible for the dividends-received deduction, the corporate shareholder must generally hold the Preferred Stock for a 46-day minimum holding period during the 90-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or in the case of a dividend on the Preferred Stock attributable to a period or periods aggregating more than 366 days, a minimum period of 91 days during the 180-day period beginning on the date which is 90 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend). A taxpayer's holding period is reduced for periods during which the shareholder's risk of loss with respect to the stock is diminished by reason of the existence of certain options, contracts to sell, short sales or other similar transactions. Section 246(c) also denies the dividends-received deduction to the extent that a corporate taxpayer is under an obligation with respect to substantially similar or related property, to make payments corresponding to the dividend received. Under section 246(b) of the Code, the aggregate dividends-received deductions allowed may not exceed 70 percent of the taxable income (with certain adjustments) of the corporate shareholder. Prospective investors should also consider the effect of section 246A of the Code, which reduces the dividends-received deduction allowed to a corporate shareholder that has incurred indebtedness that is "directly attributable" to an investment in the Preferred Stock.

Under Section 1059 of the Code, a corporate shareholder may be required to reduce its tax basis in any Preferred Stock (but not below zero) by the "nontaxed portion" of any "extraordinary dividend" it receives from LTV with respect to such stock, if it has not held the underlying stock for more than two years (or without regard to holding period in the case of preferred stock structured to avoid the application of Section 1059) before the dividend announcement date (i.e., the date on which LTV declares, announces, or agrees to either the amount or the payment of the dividend, whichever is earlier). The length of time that a taxpayer is deemed to have held stock for purposes of
Section 1059 of the Code is determined under principles similar to those contained in Section 246(c) of the Code, which are described above. Extraordinary dividends are determined by reference to tax basis (as adjusted for prior distributions) or, if the taxpayer elects, by reference to the fair market value of the Preferred Stock as of the day before the ex-dividend date (provided the taxpayer can establish the fair market value to the satisfaction of the IRS). A dividend payment generally will be extraordinary if it equals or exceeds 5 percent of tax basis (as adjusted) or fair market value, as the case may be. Dividends paid that have ex-dividend dates within 85 consecutive days are treated as one distribution, as are dividends paid that have ex-dividend dates within 365 consecutive days if the aggregate dividends exceed 20 percent of tax basis (as adjusted) or fair market value, as the case may be.

The "nontaxed portion" of the dividend generally is equal to the dividends-received deduction. The reduction in basis will increase any gain (or reduce the amount of any loss) realized by the holder on a sale, redemption or other disposition of the Preferred Stock. In addition, if the reduction would otherwise exceed tax basis (as adjusted), the

116

amount of such excess will be taxable as gain from the sale or exchange of Preferred Stock in the taxable year in which the extraordinary dividend is received. See "Sale or Exchange of Preferred Stock" below.

A corporate shareholder's liability for alternative minimum tax may be affected by the dividends-received deduction. For purposes of the alternative minimum tax, alternative minimum taxable income is increased by 75 percent of the amount by which a corporation's adjusted current earnings in a taxable year exceeds its alternative minimum taxable income prior to the addition of that item. The amount of any dividend that is included in adjusted current earnings will not be reduced by the 70 percent dividends-received deduction that is allowed with respect to the dividend.

REDEMPTION PREMIUM ON PREFERRED STOCK. If the redemption price of the Preferred Stock exceeds their issue price, the difference ("redemption premium") may be taxable as a constructive distribution of additional Preferred Stock to the holder (treated as a dividend to the extent of LTV's current and accumulated earnings and profits and otherwise subject to the treatment described above for dividends) over a certain period. In general, the issue price of Preferred Stock that are sold for money should be the price at which a substantial amount of such stock is sold. Because the Preferred Stock provide for optional redemptions by LTV under certain circumstances at a price in excess of the issue price, holders could be required to recognize such a redemption under a constant interest rate method similar to that for accruing original issue discount if, based on all the facts and circumstances, the optional redemption is more likely than not to occur. If stock may be redeemed at more than one time, the time and price at which such redemption is most likely to occur must be determined based on all the facts and circumstances. Applicable Treasury Regulations provide a "safe harbor" under which a right to redeem will not be treated as more likely than not to occur if (i) the issuer and holder are not related within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations; (ii) there are no plans, arrangements, or agreements that effectively require or are intended to compel the issuer to redeem the stock (disregarding, for this purpose, a separate mandatory redemption); and (iii) exercise of the right to redeem would not reduce the yield of the stock, as determined under the Treasury Regulations. Regardless of whether the optional redemption is more than likely not to occur, constructive dividend treatment will not result if the redemption premium does not exceed a de minimis amount. While the issue is not free from doubt, LTV believes that the existence of LTV's optional redemption right does not result in a constructive distribution to the holders.

REDEMPTION. The redemption of Preferred Stock for cash will be treated as a distribution that is taxable as a dividend to the extent of LTV's allocable earnings and profits unless (a) the redemption results in a "complete termination" of the shareholder's stock interest in LTV, (b) such holder's percentage ownership of LTV's voting stock immediately after the redemption is less than 80% of such holder's percentage ownership immediately before the redemption, or (c) the redemption is "not essentially equivalent to a dividend" under section 302 of the Code. In determining whether any of these tests has been met, shares considered to be owned by the shareholder by reason of certain constructive ownership rules set forth in section 318 of the Code, as well as shares actually owned, must generally be taken into account. Under Section 318 of the Code, a person generally will be treated as the owner of stock of LTV owned by certain related parties or certain entities in which the person owns an interest and stock that a holder could acquire through exercise of an option. For this purpose, an option would include the conversion right under the Preferred Stock. A distribution to a shareholder will be "not essentially

117

equivalent to a dividend" if it results in a "meaningful reduction" in the shareholder's stock interest in LTV. The United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has issued a published ruling indicating that a redemption which results in a reduction in the proportionate interest in LTV (taking into account the section 318 constructive ownership rules) of a shareholder whose relative stock interest is minimal (an interest of less than 1 percent should satisfy this requirement) and who exercises no control over LTV's affairs should be treated as being "not essentially equivalent to a dividend." If any of these three tests is met, the redemption of the Preferred Stock for cash would be treated, as to that shareholder, as an exchange under section 302(a) of the Code giving rise to capital gain or loss. See "Sale or Exchange of Preferred Stock" below.

If a shareholder is treated as having received a dividend upon a redemption for cash, the basis of its Preferred Stock so redeemed will be transferred to any remaining stockholdings in LTV. If the shareholder does not retain any stock ownership in LTV, it may lose such basis entirely.

SALE OR EXCHANGE OF PREFERRED STOCK. A United States Holder will recognize taxable gain or loss upon the sale or disposition (other than a redemption as discussed above) of Preferred Stock equal to the difference between the amount of cash or the fair market value of property received and the holder's tax basis in the shares. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax treatment of capital gains (which may be taxed at lower rates than ordinary income for taxpayers who are individuals, trusts or estates and have held their Preferred Stock for more than one year) and losses (the deductibility of which is subject to limitations).

CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK INTO COMMON STOCK. No gain or loss will be recognized for federal income tax purposes on conversion of Preferred Stock solely into shares of common stock, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of a fractional share interest or to the extent the shares of common stock are attributable to dividend arrearage on the Preferred Stock. A holder who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of common stock will in general be treated as having received such fractional share and having exchanged it for cash in a redemption which would be treated in the manner described under "-- Redemption." As discussed therein a holder who cannot qualify for sale or exchange treatment under the rules applicable to redemptions will generally be treated as having received a dividend equal to the cash received in lieu of a fractional share. Except for cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, or, as otherwise provided below, the tax basis for the shares of common stock received upon conversion will be equal to the tax basis of the Preferred Stock, and the holding period of the shares of common stock will include the holding period of the Preferred Stock converted (provided the Preferred Stock were held as capital assets).

The holder's tax basis in common stock attributable to dividend arrearage will be the fair market value of such stock on the date of conversion. The holder's holding period in common stock attributable to dividend arrearage will commence on the day following the date of conversion and will not include such holder's holding period of the Preferred Stock converted.

ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE. The conversion price of the Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Holders may be deemed to receive a dividend to the extent of LTV's earnings and profits if the conversion price is adjusted to reflect a taxable distribution of property to holders of common stock or in certain other

118

circumstances involving conversion price adjustments. Such deemed dividend would be includible in gross income, although the holder would not receive any cash.

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. LTV intends to take the position that, if paid, the Liquidated Damages described above under "Description of Preferred Stock -- Registration Rights; Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages" will be taxable to the United States Holder as ordinary income in accordance with the holder's method of accounting.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING. A holder of Preferred Stock or common stock may be subject to backup withholding at the rate of 31 percent with respect to "reportable payments," which include dividends and the gross proceeds of a sale of the Preferred Stock or common stock as the case may be. The payor will be required to deduct and withhold the prescribed amounts unless (i) such holder is a corporation or comes within other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact or (ii) provides a correct taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss to exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A holder of Preferred Stock or common stock who does not provide LTV with his or her correct taxpayer identification number may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Amounts paid as backup withholding do not constitute an additional tax and will be credited against the holder's federal income tax liabilities, so long as the required information is provided to the IRS. LTV will report to the holders of Preferred Stock or common stock and to the IRS the amount of any "reportable payments" for each calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any with respect to payment on the securities.

UNITED STATES ALIEN HOLDERS

DIVIDENDS. Subject to the discussion below, dividends paid to a United States Alien Holder of Preferred Stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30 percent rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. For purposes of determining whether tax is to be withheld at a 30 percent rate or at a reduced rate as specified by an income tax treaty, the Company ordinarily will presume that dividends paid on or before December 31, 2000 to an address in a foreign country are paid to a resident of such country absent knowledge that such presumption is not warranted.

However, under new regulations applicable to dividends paid after December 31, 2000, to obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a United States Alien Holder will generally be required to provide an IRS Form W-8 certifying such United States Alien Holder's entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The new regulations also provide special rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends paid to a United States Alien Holder that is an entity should be treated as paid to the entity or those holding an interest in that entity.

There will be no withholding tax on dividends paid to a United States Alien Holder that are effectively connected with the United States Alien Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States if a Form 4224 stating that the dividends are so connected is filed with LTV. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax in the same manner as if the United States Alien Holder were a U.S. resident. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" that is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30 percent (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) of the non-U.S. corporation's effectively connected earnings and profits,

119

subject to certain adjustments. For payments after December 31, 2000, Form W-8 will replace Form 4224.

Generally, LTV must report to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient's country of residence.

ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE. The conversion price of the Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. United States Alien Holders may be deemed to receive a dividend to the extent of LTV's earnings and profits if the conversion price is adjusted to reflect a taxable distribution of property to holders of Common Stock or in certain other circumstances involving conversion price adjustments. Such deemed dividend would be includible in gross income and would be subject to withholding as described above under "Dividends," although the United States Alien Holder would not receive any cash.

GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF PREFERRED STOCK. A United States Alien Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of Preferred Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States, (ii) in the case of certain United States Alien Holders who are non-resident alien individuals and hold the Preferred Stock as capital assets, such individuals are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, (iii) LTV is or has been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" within the meaning of
Section 897(c)(2) of the Code at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder's holding period. LTV is not, and does not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING. Dividends paid to a United States Alien Holder at an address within the United States may be subject to backup withholding imposed at a rate of 31 percent if the United States Holder fails to establish that it is entitled to an exemption or to provide a correct taxpayer identification number and certain other information. Under current United States federal income tax law, backup withholding (imposed at a rate of 31 percent) generally will not apply to dividends paid on or before December 31, 2000 to a United States Alien Holder at an address outside the United States (unless the payer has knowledge that the payee is a U.S. Person). Under new regulations applicable to payments after December 31, 2000, however, a United States Alien Holder will be subject to backup withholding unless applicable certification requirements are met.

Under current United States federal income tax law, information reporting and backup withholding imposed at a rate of 31% will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of Preferred Stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker unless the disposing holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. However, U.S. information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply to a payment of disposition proceeds where the transaction is effected outside the United States by or through an office outside the United States of a broker that is either (i) a U.S. person, (ii) a foreign person which derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (iii) a "controlled foreign corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes or

120

(iv) in the case of payments made after December 31, 2000, a foreign partnership with certain connections to the United States, in each case unless such broker has documentary evidence in its files of the holder's non-U.S. status and has no actual knowledge to the contrary or unless the holder establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE HOLDER OF PREFERRED STOCK OR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER OF THE PREFERRED STOCK OR COMMON STOCK INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN INCOME TAX LAWS, AND ANY RECENT OR PROSPECTIVE CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.

121

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

STOCKHOLDERS SELLING PREFERRED STOCK

We issued and delivered 1,600,000 shares of Preferred Stock to the Initial Purchasers on November 5, 1999. The Initial Purchasers sold our Preferred stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, to persons that the Initial Purchasers reasonably believed to be "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), to other Institutional "Accredited Investors" (as defined in Rule 501(A)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act) or outside the United States to certain persons in reliance on Regulation S.

The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part has been filed under Rule 415 under the Securities Act to afford the holders of the Preferred Stock the opportunity to sell their securities in public transactions rather than under an exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. In order to take advantage of that opportunity, a holder of the Preferred Stock must notify us of its intention to sell securities and provide other information about itself and the securities it is selling as required by the Securities Act.

No holder may offer or sell securities under this prospectus until we have been notified and until any supplement for the prospectus has been filed or an amendment to the registration statement has become effective. Additional holders of convertible preferred stock will be added to the prospectus at their request and after they have provided us with any information we have requested. We will from time to time supplement and amend the prospectus to the registration statement, as applicable, to add additional holders of convertible preferred stock and to reflect the required information.

The following table describes the holders of Preferred Stock which have requested to be included in this prospectus. The information in the following table has been obtained from the holders of Preferred Stock identified in the table. Unless disclosed in the footnote to the table, no holder of Preferred Stock has held any position, office or had any other material relationship with us, our predecessor or any of our affiliates during the past three years.

                                        SHARES OF
                                        PREFERRED         SHARES OF
                                       STOCK OWNED          COMMON
                                           AND              STOCK
SELLING STOCKHOLDER                   OFFERED HEREBY    OFFERED HEREBY
-------------------                   --------------    --------------

122

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We will not receive any of the proceeds of the sale of the Securities offered hereby. The Securities may be sold from time to time to purchasers directly by the Selling Stockholders. Alternatively, the Selling Stockholders may from time to time offer the Securities through brokers, dealers or agents who may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling Stockholders and/or the purchasers of the Securities for whom they may act as agent. The Selling Stockholders and any such brokers, dealers or agents who participate in the distribution of the Securities may be deemed to be "underwriters," and any profits on the sale of the Securities by them and any discounts, commissions or concessions received by any such brokers, dealers or agents might be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. To the extent the Selling Stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters, the Selling Stockholders may be subject to certain statutory liabilities of the Securities Act, including, but not limited to, Sections 11, 12 and 17 of the Securities Act and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. The Securities offered hereby may be sold from time to time by the Selling Stockholders, or, to the extent permitted by pledgees, donees, transferees or other successors in interest. The Securities may be disposed of from time to time in one or more transactions through any one or more of the following: (a) a block trade in which the broker or dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the Securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction; (b) purchases by a broker or dealer as principal and resale by such broker or dealer for its account; (c) ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers;
(d) an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of such exchange or transactions in the over-the-counter market; (e) through the writing of options on the Securities; (f) the purchasers directly; (g) through underwriters or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions, or commissions from the Selling Stockholders or such successors in interest and/or from the purchasers of the Securities for whom they may act as agent; and (h) the pledge of the Securities as security for any loan or obligation, including pledges to brokers or dealers who may, from time to time, themselves effect distributions of the Securities or interest therein. Such sales may be made at prices and at terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then current market price or at negotiated prices and terms. In effecting sales, brokers or dealers may arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate. The Selling Stockholders or such successors in interest, and any underwriters, brokers, dealers or agents that participate in the distribution of the Securities, may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on the sale of the Securities by them and any discounts, commissions or concessions received by any such underwriters, brokers, dealers or agents may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. At any time a particular offer of the Securities is made, a revised prospectus or prospectus supplement, if required, will be distributed which will set forth the aggregate amount and type of Securities being offered and the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any underwriters, dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions and other items constituting compensation from the Selling Stockholders and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers. Such prospectus Supplement and, if necessary, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part, will be filed with the SEC to reflect the disclosure of additional information with respect to the distribution of the Securities. In addition, the Securities covered by this prospectus may be sold in private transactions or under Rule 144 rather than pursuant to this prospectus.

123

To the best of our knowledge, there are currently no plans, arrangements or understandings between any Selling Stockholders and any broker, dealer, agent or underwriter regarding the sale of the Securities by the Selling Stockholders. There is no assurance that any Selling Securityholder will sell any or all of the Securities offered by it hereunder or that any such Selling Securityholder will not transfer, devise or gift such Securities by other means not described herein.

The Selling Stockholders and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the Securities by the Selling Stockholders and any other such person. Furthermore, under Regulation M under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the Securities may not simultaneously engage in market-making activities with respect to the particular Securities being distributed for certain periods prior to the commencement of such distribution. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the Securities and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Securities.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement entered into in connection with the initial offer and sale of the Preferred Stock by The LTV Corporation, each of The LTV Corporation and the Selling Stockholders will be indemnified by the other against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or will be entitled to contribution in connection therewith.

We have agreed to pay substantially all of the expenses incidental to the Registration, offering and sale of the Securities to the public other than commissions, fees and discounts of underwriters, brokers, dealers and agents.

LEGAL MATTERS

The legality of the Preferred Stock and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of The LTV Corporation and the combined financial statements of Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, Inc., as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 and the financial statements of the Welded Tube Company of America as of June 30, 1999 and the year then ended, included in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein (see page F-1).

124

APPENDIX A
NOTICE OF TRANSFER
PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ChaseMellon Shareholder Services LLC
85 Challenger Road
Overpeck Center
Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660

The LTV Corporation
200 Public Square
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
Attention: General Counsel

Re: 8 1/4% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") convertible into Common Stock of The LTV Corporation (the "Company").

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Please be advised that has transferred Preferred Stock of the Company or shares of Common Stock of the Company, issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333- ) filed by the Company. The holdings of as the Selling Stockholder after this disposition are $ .

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the transferred securities is named as a "Selling Stockholder" in the Prospectus dated , 2000 or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate amount of the securities transferred are (or are included in) the securities listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner's name.

Dated:

Very truly yours,


Name:


By: ----------------------------------------
(Authorized Signature)

A-1

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                 PAGE
                                                              -----------
THE LTV CORPORATION
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the nine months
  ended September 30, 1999 and 1998.........................  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 1999............  F-3
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months
  ended September 30, 1999 and 1998.........................  F-4
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-5 - F-13

YEAR-END FINANCIAL INFORMATION (AUDITED)
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors...........  F-14
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended
  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996..........................  F-15
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1998 and 1997....  F-16
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996..........................  F-17
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years
  ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996....................  F-18
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-19 - F-45

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA, INC.
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
Combined Statements of Income for the nine months ended
  September 30, 1999 and 1998...............................  F-46
Combined Balance Sheets at September 30, 1999...............  F-47 - F-48
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended
  September 30, 1999 and 1998...............................  F-49
Notes to Combined Financial Statements......................  F-50 - F-52

YEAR-END FINANCIAL INFORMATION (AUDITED)
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors...........  F-53
Combined Statements of Income for the years ended December
  31, 1998, 1997 and 1996...................................  F-54
Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1997.......  F-55 - F-56
Combined Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity for
  the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996..........  F-57
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996..........................  F-58
Notes to Combined Financial Statements......................  F-59 - F-73

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
Balance Sheet at September 30, 1999.........................  F-74
Statement of Operations and Retained Earnings for the three
  months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998..................  F-75
Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended September
  30, 1999 and 1998.........................................  F-76
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-77 - F-78

YEAR-END FINANCIAL INFORMATION (AUDITED)
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors...........  F-79
Balance Sheet at June 30, 1999..............................  F-80
Statement of Operations and Retained Earnings for the year
  ended June 30, 1999.......................................  F-81
Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended June 30, 1999....  F-82
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-83 - F-88

F-1

THE LTV CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

(UNAUDITED)

                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1999        1998
                                                              --------    --------
SALES.......................................................  $  2,985    $  3,284
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of products sold.....................................     2,722       2,889
  Depreciation and amortization.............................       197         193
  Selling, general and administrative.......................       137         136
  Results of affiliates' operations.........................        28          32
  Net interest and other (income) expense...................         1         (19)
  Special charges...........................................        39          --
                                                              --------    --------
          Total.............................................     3,124       3,231
                                                              --------    --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES...........................      (139)         53
Income tax provision:
  Taxes payable.............................................         6           4
  Taxes not payable in cash.................................        --          15
                                                              --------    --------
          Total.............................................         6          19
                                                              --------    --------
NET INCOME (LOSS)...........................................  $   (145)   $     34
                                                              ========    ========
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
  Basic and diluted.........................................  $  (1.46)   $   0.33
                                                              ========    ========

DIVIDENDS PAID PER COMMON SHARE.............................  $   0.09    $   0.09
                                                              ========    ========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-2

THE LTV CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

(UNAUDITED)

                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1999
                                                              -------------
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and marketable securities............................    $    167
  Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts.........         484
  Inventories:
     Products...............................................         591
     Materials, purchased parts and supplies................         260
                                                                --------
          Total inventories.................................         851
  Prepaid expenses, deposits and other......................          19
                                                                --------
          Total current assets..............................       1,521
                                                                --------
Investments in affiliates...................................         382
Other noncurrent assets.....................................         233
Property, plant and equipment...............................       4,285
  Less allowance for depreciation...........................      (1,186)
                                                                --------
          Total property, plant and equipment...............       3,099
                                                                --------
                                                                $  5,235
                                                                ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable..........................................    $    354
  Accrued employee compensation and benefits................         312
  Other accrued liabilities.................................         205
                                                                --------
          Total current liabilities.........................         871
                                                                --------
Noncurrent liabilities
  Long-term debt............................................         402
  Postemployment health care and other insurance benefits...       1,523
  Pension benefits..........................................         561
  Other.....................................................         407
                                                                --------
          Total noncurrent liabilities......................       2,893
                                                                --------
Shareholders' equity
  Convertible preferred stock (aggregate liquidation value
     $50)...................................................           1
  Common stock (par value $0.50 per share)..................          53
  Additional paid-in capital................................       1,031
  Retained earnings.........................................         466
  Treasury stock (5 million shares at cost).................         (67)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss and other............         (13)
                                                                --------
          Total shareholders' equity........................       1,471
                                                                --------
                                                                $  5,235
                                                                ========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

THE LTV CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(IN MILLIONS)

(UNAUDITED)

                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1999        1998
                                                              --------    --------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income (loss).........................................  $   (145)   $     34
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
     (used in) provided by operating activities:
       Special charges......................................        39          --
       Noncash losses of affiliates.........................        28          32
       Depreciation and amortization........................       197         193
       Income tax provision not payable in cash.............        --          15
       Defined benefit pension expense......................         2           3
       Postemployment benefit payments more than related
          expense...........................................       (18)        (21)
       Changes in assets, liabilities and other.............      (118)        (70)
                                                              --------    --------
          Net cash (used in) provided by operating
            activities......................................       (15)        186
                                                              --------    --------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Capital expenditures......................................      (156)       (290)
  Investments in steel-related businesses...................       (91)        (57)
  Net sales of marketable securities........................       210         102
  Proceeds from sale/leaseback and other dispositions.......        35           4
  Other.....................................................        (4)         (5)
                                                              --------    --------
     Net cash used in investing activities..................        (6)       (246)
                                                              --------    --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Borrowings................................................       100           3
  Dividends paid and other..................................       (13)        (12)
                                                              --------    --------
     Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities....        87          (9)
                                                              --------    --------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........        66         (69)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............       101         160
                                                              --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................  $    167    $     91
                                                              ========    ========
Supplemental cash flow information is presented as follows:
  Interest payments.........................................  $     27    $      2
  Income tax payments.......................................         2           6
  Capitalized interest......................................        12          24
  Purchases of marketable securities........................       134       2,209
  Sales and maturities of marketable securities.............       344       2,311

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE (1) -- The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. All adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation have been made and are of a recurring nature unless otherwise disclosed herein. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for a full year. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 1998 included herein.

NOTE (2) -- At September 30, 1999, accumulated other comprehensive loss
included in the balance sheet amounted to $12 million with no material changes since December 31, 1998. The accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30, 1998 was $1 million, with no material changes since December 31, 1997.

NOTE (3) -- The Company leases certain manufacturing facilities and
equipment, office space and computer equipment under cancelable and noncancelable leases that expire at various dates. Minimum future operating lease obligations in effect at September 30, 1999 are as follows (in millions):

2000..................................  $ 38
2001..................................    32
2002..................................    25
2003..................................    23
2004..................................    22
Later years...........................   120
                                        ----
Total obligations.....................  $260
                                        ====

NOTE (4) -- On October 1, 1999, LTV completed the acquisition of Welded
Tube Company of America ("Welded Tube") for $113.5 million subject to finalization of working capital adjustments. Welded Tube is believed to be the second largest structural tube manufacturer in North America and produces the broadest range of structural tubing, used primarily for construction and for the industrial, transportation and agricultural equipment markets.

On November 10, 1999, LTV acquired Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, Inc., ("Copperweld") for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $650 million, subject to finalization of shareholder equity adjustments. Based on 1998 shipments, Copperweld is believed to be the largest North American manufacturer of mechanical and structural steel tubing and the world's largest producer of bimetallic wire

F-5

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE (4) -- (CONTINUED)
products. Both transactions will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting; and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired companies will be included in the consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information for the Company gives effect to the Welded Tube and Copperweld acquisitions (together the "Acquisitions") as if they had occurred on January 1, 1999, with comparable pro forma information for 1998. These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and are not necessarily representative of the results of operations that would have resulted if the Acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the year or that may result in the future.

                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1999       1998
                                                              -------    -------
Sales.......................................................  $ 3,609    $ 3,921
Income (loss) before income taxes and special charges.......  $  (118)   $    54
Income (loss) before income taxes...........................  $  (157)   $    54
Net income (loss)...........................................  $  (170)   $    29
Earnings (loss) per share
  Basic and diluted.........................................  $ (1.77)   $  0.22
  Average shares outstanding
     Basic..................................................  100,016     99,840
     Diluted................................................  100,016    100,015

NOTE (5) -- In November 1999, the Company issued $275 million of 11.750%
Senior Notes ("Notes") maturing on November 15, 2009 with interest payable semi- annually. These notes will be senior unsecured obligations of The LTV Corporation. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by all existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries of LTV (other than certain unrestricted subsidiaries and special purpose subsidiaries established to facilitate working capital facilities), and on a subordinated basis by the Acquisitions. The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company in whole or in part, at any time after November 15, 2004 at a price of 105.875% declining to 100% on or after November 15, 2007. At any time prior to November 15, 2002, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original principal amount at a price of 111.750% with proceeds from any public equity offerings. There are no sinking fund requirements. Upon any change of control, the Note holders have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The terms of the Notes will contain various covenants similar to the existing 8.20% Senior Notes due 2007, which limit LTV's ability to incur additional debt; make dividend or other distributions of capital stock; purchase, redeem or retire capital stock of the Company; create liens; consolidate, merge or transfer assets among subsidiaries; sell assets; and transact business with our subsidiaries. Certain of these covenants will be eliminated if LTV achieves investment grade rating, as defined, on these Notes.

F-6

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE (5) -- (CONTINUED)
LTV has entered into a five-year secured credit facility of $225 million ("Secured Facility") with banks that will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the same guarantors as the Notes. Substantially all of the assets of the Acquisitions, other than accounts receivable and the real property and associated fixtures at Welded Tube's Portland, Oregon tubing plant, including a secured intercompany note between Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, Inc., will also secure the new credit facility. Interest will be reset periodically and is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.375% to 4.125% depending on the ratings that Standard & Poor's and Moody's assign the loans. At LTV's option, it may borrow at an alternate base rate plus a margin ranging from 2.00% to 2.875% based on similar ratings. The base rate is the higher of the prime rate or the Federal Funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1%. Principal payments in the first four years after issuance will be de minimus, with equal scheduled payments of $54 million during 2004 at the end of February, May, August and October 31, 2004. Prepayments are required for proceeds of certain asset sales, insurance awards, excess cash flow and net cash proceeds of certain debt or equity issuances if certain financial ratios are not met. The Secured Facility will contain certain covenants that will limit LTV's ability to incur additional debt and liens; make dividend payments; enter into agreements to restrict a subsidiaries' ability to make distributions to the Company; make new investments, capital expenditures or enter into sale leaseback transactions; enter into mergers or sell assets; and comply with certain financial ratios.

LTV also issued $80 million aggregate liquidation preference of 8.25% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (1,600,000 shares), $1.00 par value per share ("Series A Preferred"). Holders of the Series A Preferred will be entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of 8.25% of the liquidation preference, payable quarterly in arrears on each February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 commencing on February 15, 2000. LTV may redeem all shares of the Series A Preferred, in whole or in part, at any time after November 18, 2004, at a price equal to 104.13% of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred declining to 100% in 2009. Upon any such provisional redemption, LTV will also pay holders of the Series A Preferred an amount equal to all of the accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption. The Series A Preferred may be converted at any time in whole or in part into the number of shares of LTV common stock equal to $50.00 divided by the conversion price then applicable. The initial conversion price is $3.675 per share and is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events. The Series A Preferred will have no voting rights, except as required by law. Upon accumulation of accrued and unpaid dividends in an amount equal to six quarterly dividends (whether or not consecutive), holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred will be entitled to appoint at least one but not more than two members to the Board of Directors.

NOTE (6) -- The Company has a 50% interest, accounted for under the equity
method, in an unconsolidated joint venture, Trico Steel Company, L.L.C. ("Trico Steel"). Included in LTV's consolidated results are pretax losses of $25 million and $33 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively, representing the

F-7

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE (6) -- (CONTINUED)
Company's share of Trico Steel operating results. The following is a summary of the financial information related to Trico Steel (in millions):

                                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                     1999             1998
                                                  -----------      -----------
Results of operations:
  Net sales.....................................   $    203         $    214
  Costs and expenses............................        254              280
                                                   --------         --------
  Pretax loss...................................   $    (51)        $    (66)
                                                   ========         ========

                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                      1999               1998
                                                  -------------      ------------
Financial position:
  Current assets................................     $     91          $     54
  Noncurrent assets.............................          514               531
  Current liabilities...........................          (58)              (27)
  Noncurrent liabilities........................         (336)             (296)
                                                     --------          --------
     Net assets.................................     $    211          $    262
                                                     ========          ========

NOTE (7) -- The Company operates in three reportable segments consisting of
Integrated Steel, Metal Fabrication and Corporate and Other. Integrated Steel manufactures and sells a diversified line of carbon steel products consisting of hot rolled and cold rolled sheet, galvanized and tin mill products for the domestic transportation, appliance, container and electrical equipment markets. Metal Fabrication produces pipe, conduit and tubular products for use in transportation, agriculture, oil and gas and construction industries. The segment also engineers and manufactures pre-engineered, low-rise steel building systems for manufacturing, warehousing and commercial applications. Corporate and Other consists of steel-related joint ventures, primarily Trico Steel and Cliffs and Associates Limited ("CAL"), which are accounted for using the equity method, and corporate investments and related income and expense.

LTV's reportable segments are strategic business units grouped by similar products, technologies and manufacturing processes. They are managed separately because each segment serves a different market and group of customers. Segment performance is measured on pretax profit or loss from operations before special items. Integrated Steel accounts for intersegment sales at current market prices as if transactions had taken place with third parties.

F-8

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE (7) -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1999                                              1998
                                -----------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------
                                INTEGRATED      METAL      CORPORATE              INTEGRATED      METAL      CORPORATE
                                  STEEL      FABRICATION    & OTHER     TOTAL       STEEL      FABRICATION    & OTHER     TOTAL
                                ----------   -----------   ---------   --------   ----------   -----------   ---------   --------
Trade sales...................   $  2,490     $    495     $     --    $  2,985    $  2,770     $    514     $     --    $  3,284
Intersegment sales............         64           --           --          64          67           --           --          67
Segment income (loss) before
  special charges and income
  taxes.......................        (94)          35          (41)       (100)         34           45          (26)         53
Special charges...............        (39)          --           --         (39)         --           --           --          --

NOTE (8) -- All of LTV's wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, except for LTV
Steel Products, LLC and LTV Sales Finance Company, will fully and unconditionally guarantee LTV's obligation to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the New Senior Notes and the New Bank Financing. Management intends to amend the existing 8.20% Senior Notes due September 2007, which were guaranteed solely by LTV Steel Company, Inc., to also receive the same guarantees as described above. The following supplemental condensed consolidating financial statements of The LTV Corporation present (in millions):
balance sheet as of September 30, 1999; statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998; and statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998. The LTV Corporation (Parent), the Guarantors and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries' investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method. Necessary elimination entries have been made to consolidate the Parent and all of its subsidiaries.

Management does not believe that separate financial statements of the Guarantors for the New Senior Notes and the New Bank Financing are material to investors. Therefore, separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning the Guarantors are not presented.

F-9

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE (8) -- (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

(IN MILLIONS)

                                                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            NON-
                                                         GUARANTOR
                                  PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                                 --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash, cash equivalents and
marketable securities..........  $    134   $      8      $     25       $     --       $    167
Receivables....................        --         55           429             --            484
Notes receivable/(payable).....        --         (1)            1             --             --
Inventories....................        --         40           811             --            851
Other current assets...........         3         14             2             --             19
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Total current assets......       137        116         1,268             --          1,521

Intercompany, net..............       409        658        (1,067)            --             --
Investments and other
  noncurrent assets............     1,256        615            13         (1,269)           615
Property, plant and equipment,
  net..........................        --      3,092             7             --          3,099
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Total assets..............  $  1,802   $  4,481      $    221       $ (1,269)      $  5,235
                                 ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

Total current liabilities......  $     15   $    846      $     10       $     --       $    871
Long-term debt.................       299          3           100             --            402
Postemployment health care and
  other insurance benefits.....        --      1,511            12             --          1,523
Pension benefits...............        --        560             1             --            561
Other..........................        17        372            18             --            407
Shareholders' equity...........     1,471      1,189            80         (1,269)         1,471
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Total liabilities and
       shareholders' equity....  $  1,802   $  4,481      $    221       $ (1,269)      $  5,235
                                 ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-10

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE (8) -- (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(IN MILLIONS)

                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       NON-
                                                    GUARANTOR
                             PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                            --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net Sales.................  $     --   $  2,968      $  2,753       $ (2,736)    $      2,985
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold...        --      2,663         2,795         (2,736)           2,722
  Depreciation and
     amortization.........        --        196             1             --              197
  Selling, general and
     administrative.......         9        128            --             --              137
  Results of affiliates'
     operations...........       132        128            --           (232)              28
  Net interest and other
     (income) expense.....        (2)       (49)           52             --                1
  Special charges.........        --         39            --             --               39
                            --------   --------      --------       --------     ------------
     Total................       139      3,105         2,848         (2,968)           3,124
                            --------   --------      --------       --------     ------------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes............      (139)      (137)          (95)           232             (139)
Income tax provision......        (6)        --            --             --               (6)
                            --------   --------      --------       --------     ------------
     Net income (loss)....  $   (145)  $   (137)     $    (95)      $    232     $       (145)
                            ========   ========      ========       ========     ============

                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        NON-
                                                     GUARANTOR
                              PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                             --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net Sales..................  $     --   $  3,262      $  2,374       $ (2,352)      $  3,284
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold....        --      2,914         2,327         (2,352)         2,889
  Depreciation and
     amortization..........        --        191             2             --            193
  Selling, general and
     administrative........         9        127            --             --            136
  Results of affiliates'
     operations............       (46)        36            --             42             32
  Net interest and other...       (16)       (48)           45             --            (19)
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Total.................       (53)     3,220         2,374         (2,310)         3,231
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Income before income
  taxes....................        53         42            --            (42)            53
Income tax provision.......       (19)       (15)           --             15            (19)
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net income............  $     34   $     27      $     --       $    (27)      $     34
                             ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-11

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE (8) -- (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOWS STATEMENT

(IN MILLIONS)

                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            NON-
                                                         GUARANTOR
                                  PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                                 --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash (used in) provided by
operating activities...........  $   (131)  $    210      $    (94)      $     --       $    (15)
Investing activities:
  Capital expenditures.........        --       (152)           (4)            --           (156)
  Investments in steel-related
     businesses................        --        (91)           --             --            (91)
  Net sales of marketable
     securities................       210         --            --             --            210
  Proceeds from sale/leaseback
     and other.................         1         38            (8)            --             31
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used
       in) investing
       activities..............       211       (205)          (12)            --             (6)
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Financing activities:
  Borrowings...................        --         --           100             --            100
  Dividends paid and other.....       (12)        (1)           --             --            (13)
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash (used in)
       provided by financing
       activities..............       (12)        (1)          100             --             87
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and cash equivalents.........        68          4            (6)            --             66
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of year............        66          4            31             --            101
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Cash and cash equivalents at
  end of period................  $    134   $      8      $     25       $     --       $    167
                                 ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-12

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE (8) -- (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOWS STATEMENT -- (CONTINUED)

                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            NON-
                                                         GUARANTOR
                                  PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                                 --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash (used in) provided by
operating activities...........  $   (140)  $    337      $    (11)      $     --       $    186
Investing activities:
  Capital expenditures.........        --       (289)           (1)            --           (290)
  Investments in steel-related
     businesses................        --        (57)           --             --            (57)
  Net sales of marketable
     securities and other......       104         (1)           (2)            --            101
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used
       in) investing
       activities..............       104       (347)           (3)            --           (246)
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Financing activities:
  Borrowings...................        --          3            --             --              3
  Dividends paid and other.....       (10)        (2)           --             --            (12)
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash (used in)
       provided by financing
       activities..............       (10)         1            --             --             (9)
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and cash equivalents.........       (46)        (9)          (14)            --            (69)
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of year............       108         16            36             --            160
                                 --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Cash and cash equivalents at
  end of period................  $     62   $      7      $     22       $     --       $     91
                                 ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-13

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors The LTV Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The LTV Corporation (the "Company") as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The LTV Corporation at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in the "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" note to the financial statements, in 1997, the Company changed its method of accounting for start-up costs.

Ernst & Young LLP

Cleveland, Ohio
January 28, 1999

F-14

THE LTV CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------
                                                     1998        1997        1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------
SALES............................................  $  4,273    $  4,446    $  4,135
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of products sold..........................     3,773       3,801       3,596
  Depreciation and amortization..................       259         263         266
  Selling, general and administrative............       184         164         143
  Results of affiliates' operations..............        49          41          --
  Net interest and other income..................       (23)        (42)        (43)
  Special charges................................        55         150          --
                                                   --------    --------    --------
     Total.......................................     4,297       4,377       3,962
                                                   --------    --------    --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES................       (24)         69         173

Income tax provision:
  Taxes payable..................................         3          10          --
  Taxes not payable in cash......................        --          18          64
                                                   --------    --------    --------
     Total.......................................         3          28          64
Income (loss) before items below.................       (27)         41         109
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of
  debt...........................................        --          (4)         --
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
  start-up costs.................................        --          (7)         --
                                                   --------    --------    --------

NET INCOME (LOSS)................................  $    (27)   $     30    $    109
                                                   ========    ========    ========

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
  Basic and diluted
     Operations..................................  $  (0.29)   $   0.37    $   1.01
     Extraordinary (loss)........................        --       (0.04)         --
     Cumulative effect of change in accounting...        --       (0.06)         --
                                                   --------    --------    --------
     Net income (loss)...........................  $  (0.29)   $   0.27    $   1.01
                                                   ========    ========    ========

Net income (loss) available to common
  shareholders...................................  $    (29)   $     28    $    107
                                                   ========    ========    ========

DIVIDENDS PAID PER COMMON SHARE..................  $   0.12    $   0.12    $   0.09
                                                   ========    ========    ========

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-15

THE LTV CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $    101    $    160
  Marketable securities.....................................       210         360
                                                              --------    --------
                                                                   311         520
  Receivables, less allowance of $17 in 1998 and $18 in
    1997....................................................       375         470
  Inventories:
    Products................................................       571         656
    Materials, purchased parts and supplies.................       283         246
                                                              --------    --------
       Total inventories....................................       854         902
  Prepaid expenses, deposits and other......................        15          12
                                                              --------    --------
       Total current assets.................................     1,555       1,904
                                                              --------    --------
Investments in affiliates...................................       314         312
Other noncurrent assets.....................................       190         169
Property, plant and equipment
  Land and land improvements................................        65          68
  Buildings.................................................       157         150
  Machinery and equipment...................................     3,749       3,526
  Construction in progress..................................       354         352
                                                              --------    --------
                                                                 4,325       4,096
  Less allowance for depreciation...........................    (1,060)       (935)
                                                              --------    --------
    Total property, plant and equipment.....................     3,265       3,161
                                                              --------    --------
                                                              $  5,324    $  5,546
                                                              ========    ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable..........................................  $    321    $    354
  Accrued employee compensation and benefits................       328         365
  Other accrued liabilities.................................       190         219
                                                              --------    --------
    Total current liabilities...............................       839         938
                                                              --------    --------
Noncurrent liabilities
  Long-term debt............................................       302         355
  Postemployment health care and other insurance benefits...     1,552       1,570
  Pension benefits..........................................       565         548
  Other.....................................................       438         459
                                                              --------    --------
    Total noncurrent liabilities............................     2,857       2,932
                                                              --------    --------
Shareholders' equity
  Convertible preferred stock -- aggregate liquidation value
    $50; par value $1.00 per share..........................         1           1
  Common stock--par value $0.50 per share; authorized 150
    million shares; issued 105 million shares; 100 million
    shares outstanding in 1998 and 1997.....................        53          53
  Additional paid-in capital................................     1,032       1,032
  Retained earnings.........................................       621         661
  Treasury stock at cost (5 million shares).................       (68)        (68)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss and other............       (11)         (3)
                                                              --------    --------
    Total shareholders' equity..............................     1,628       1,676
                                                              --------    --------
                                                              $  5,324    $  5,546
                                                              ========    ========

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-16

THE LTV CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(IN MILLIONS)

                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------
                                                     1998        1997        1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Income (loss) before extraordinary loss and
     cumulative change in accounting.............  $    (27)   $     41    $    109
  Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) to net
     cash provided by operating activities:
     Noncash losses of affiliates................        49          41          --
     Special charges.............................        55         150          --
     Depreciation and amortization...............       259         263         266
     Income tax provision not payable in cash....        --          18          64
     Defined benefit pension expense.............         3          28          64
     Postemployment benefit payments (more) less
       than related expense......................       (19)        (27)          5
     VEBA Trust contributions....................       (10)        (10)        (11)
     Changes in assets, liabilities and other....         2        (107)         (2)
                                                   --------    --------    --------
          Net cash provided by operating
            activities...........................       312         397         495
                                                   --------    --------    --------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Capital expenditures...........................      (362)       (326)       (243)
  VP Buildings acquisition.......................        --        (188)         --
  Investments in steel-related businesses........       (80)       (101)        (79)
  Net sales (purchases) of marketable
     securities..................................       150         207        (109)
  Other..........................................        (5)         24          (6)
                                                   --------    --------    --------
          Net cash used in investing
            activities...........................      (297)       (384)       (437)
                                                   --------    --------    --------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Net proceeds from debt offering................         4         290          --
  Payments on long-term debt.....................       (62)       (106)         --
  Pension funding to restored plans..............        (2)        (61)       (205)
  Repurchases of common stock....................        --         (68)         --
  Dividends paid and other.......................       (14)        (15)        (12)
                                                   --------    --------    --------
          Net cash (used in) provided by
            financing activities.................       (74)         40        (217)
                                                   --------    --------    --------

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash
  equivalents....................................       (59)         53        (159)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year...       160         107         266
                                                   --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.........  $    101    $    160    $    107
                                                   ========    ========    ========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-17

THE LTV CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(IN MILLIONS)

                                            COMMON STOCK
                                         -------------------                                          OTHER
                           CONVERTIBLE    NUMBER               ADDITIONAL                         COMPREHENSIVE
                            PREFERRED       OF                  PAID-IN     RETAINED   TREASURY    INCOME AND
                              STOCK       SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL     EARNINGS    STOCK         OTHER        TOTAL
                           -----------   --------   --------   ----------   --------   --------   -------------   --------
January 1, 1996..........   $      1          105   $     53    $    957    $    549   $     --     $   (185)     $  1,375
Comprehensive income
  Net income.............         --           --         --          --         109         --           --           109
  Other comprehensive
    income, net of tax...         --           --         --          --          --         --          174           174
                                                                                                                  --------
    Total comprehensive
      income.............                                                                                              283
Dividends paid...........         --           --         --          --         (12)        --           --           (12)
Taxes not payable in
  cash...................         --           --         --          64          --         --           --            64
                            --------     --------   --------    --------    --------   --------     --------      --------
December 31, 1996                  1          105         53       1,021         646                     (11)        1,710

Comprehensive income
  Net income.............         --           --         --          --          30         --           --            30
  Other comprehensive
    income, net of tax...         --           --         --          --          --         --            6             6
                                                                                                                  --------
    Total comprehensive
      income.............                                                                                               36
Dividends paid...........         --           --         --          --         (15)        --           --           (15)
Treasury stock
  purchases..............         --           (5)        --          --          --        (68)          --           (68)
Other....................         --           --         --          --          --         --            2             2
Taxes not payable in
  cash...................         --           --         --          11          --         --           --            11
                            --------     --------   --------    --------    --------   --------     --------      --------
December 31, 1997                  1          100         53       1,032         661        (68)          (3)        1,676

Comprehensive loss
  Net loss...............         --           --         --          --         (27)        --           --           (27)
  Other comprehensive
    loss, net of tax.....         --           --         --          --          --         --           (8)           (8)
                                                                                                                  --------
    Total comprehensive
      loss...............                                                                                              (35)
Dividends paid...........         --           --         --          --         (14)        --           --           (14)
Other....................         --           --         --          --           1         --           --             1
                            --------     --------   --------    --------    --------   --------     --------      --------
December 31, 1998........   $      1          100   $     53    $  1,032    $    621   $    (68)    $    (11)     $  1,628
                            ========     ========   ========    ========    ========   ========     ========      ========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-18

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 1998

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The LTV Corporation ("LTV" or the "Company") operates in three reportable segments: Integrated Steel, Metal Fabrication and Corporate and Other. Refer to the Segment Reporting footnote for further discussion.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include LTV and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Investments in joint ventures and companies owned 20% to 50% are accounted for by the equity method. The Company's interest in the cumulative undistributed earnings of its unconsolidated affiliates was $10 million at December 31, 1998, all of which was available for dividend or other distribution to the Company.

Equity in earnings of raw material affiliates, recorded as a reduction of cost of products sold, was $12 million, $17 million and $16 million for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The equity in earnings of metal fabrication and steel technology affiliates is recorded in the results of affiliates' operations.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.

MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The Company determines the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. Marketable securities have been classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses included in other comprehensive income.

Interest income, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are included in net interest and other income. The cost of securities sold is based on specific identification.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined primarily by the "last-in, first-out" ("LIFO") method for approximately 94% and 95% of the inventories at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The amount by which inventory is reduced to state inventory at LIFO value is $17 million at December 31, 1998 and $22 million at December 31, 1997. Liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities, carried at costs that prevailed in earlier years, reduced cost of products sold by $2 million, $3 million and $2 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The current replacement value of inventories is $845 million and $898 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

F-19

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

PROPERTY COSTS, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

Fixed assets are recorded on the cost basis and include land, buildings, machinery and equipment, and software and associated costs. Depreciation is computed principally using a modified straight-line method based upon estimated economic lives of assets and the levels of production providing depreciation within a range of 80% to 120% of the straight-line amount on individual major production facilities with decreased depreciation at lower and increased depreciation at higher operating levels. In addition, a units-of-production method is used for blast furnaces. In 1998, the modified straight-line depreciation method was less than the straight-line amount by $8 million. During 1997 and 1996, depreciation expense under this method approximated the computed straight-line amounts. The cost of buildings is depreciated over 45 years, and machinery and equipment is depreciated over an average life of approximately 17 years. Goodwill and other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 35 years.

When properties are retired or sold, their carrying value and the related allowance for depreciation are eliminated from the property and allowance for depreciation accounts, respectively. Generally, for normal retirements, gains or losses are credited or charged to allowance for depreciation accounts; for abnormal retirements, gains or losses are included in income in the year of disposal.

The Company reviews long-lived assets used in operations and goodwill when indicators of impairment are present. Impairment losses are recorded when the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets' carrying amount.

ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION LIABILITIES

The Company's policy is to accrue environmental remediation liabilities when it is probable a liability exists and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The Company's estimates of these undiscounted costs are based on existing technology, current enacted laws and regulations, its current legal obligations regarding remediation and site-specific costs. The liabilities are adjusted when the effect of new facts or changes in law or technology is determinable. Insurance recoveries, if any, are recorded as a reduction of environmental costs. The Company's liability for environmental remediation, including costs related to the demolition, closure and clean-up of idled facilities, totaled $136 million and $154 million, at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-20

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," which requires all derivatives to be recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and be measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives will be recognized in net income unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. LTV intends to adopt this statement in 2000, and it is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position 98-5 "Reporting on the Costs of Start-up Activities" that requires the expensing of start-up activities as incurred. In 1997, LTV recognized a cumulative effect change in accounting principle adjustment of $7 million, net of income taxes of $4 million, expensing previously deferred start-up costs. The pro forma effect on 1996 would have reduced net income by $5 million ($0.04 per share).

UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURE

The Company has a 50% interest in an unconsolidated joint venture, Trico Steel, which is accounted for under the equity method. Commercial operations of this flat rolled mini-mill located in Decatur, Alabama began in April 1997. LTV and its other two partners have entered into a credit commitment to lend to Trico Steel on a junior subordinated basis up to an additional $50 million. LTV's portion of such commitment is $25 million. The following is a summary of the financial information related to Trico Steel (in millions):

                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
Results of operations:
  Net sales.................................................  $    258    $     98
  Costs and expenses........................................       330         167
  Depreciation and amortization.............................        28          18
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting for start-up
     costs..................................................        --          15
                                                              --------    --------
     Pretax loss............................................  $   (100)   $   (102)
                                                              ========    ========
Financial position at December 31:
  Current assets............................................  $     54    $     76
  Noncurrent assets.........................................       531         526
  Current liabilities.......................................       (27)        (38)
  Noncurrent liabilities....................................      (296)       (273)
                                                              --------    --------
  Net assets................................................  $    262    $    291
                                                              ========    ========
Capital expenditures........................................  $     33    $     86
                                                              ========    ========

F-21

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

OTHER LIABILITIES

Current accrued employee compensation and benefits included the following at December 31 (in millions):

                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
Pension benefits............................................  $     20    $     17
Postemployment health care and other insurance benefits.....       124         129
Accrued wages and compensated absences......................        80          82
Other.......................................................       104         137
                                                              --------    --------
                                                              $    328    $    365
                                                              ========    ========

Current other accrued liabilities included the following at December 31 (in millions):

                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
Accrued taxes other than income.............................  $     92    $     96
Accrued income taxes........................................        11          15
Environmental and plant rationalization.....................        36          53
Other.......................................................        51          55
                                                              --------    --------
                                                              $    190    $    219
                                                              ========    ========

Noncurrent other liabilities included the following at December 31 (in millions):

                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
Benefits under the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act
of 1992.....................................................  $    128    $    135
Other employee benefits.....................................       108         119
Environmental and plant rationalization.....................       149         159
Other.......................................................        53          46
                                                              --------    --------
                                                              $    438    $    459
                                                              ========    ========

DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in millions):

                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
8.20% Senior Notes due 2007.................................  $    298    $    298
Notes due December 2020.....................................        --          57
Mortgage payable............................................         4          --
                                                              --------    --------
                                                              $    302    $    355
                                                              ========    ========

The Company has no required long-term debt maturities occurring within the next five years.

In September 1997, LTV issued $298 million Senior Notes ($300 million face value) due September 2007 at 8.2% interest payable semiannually and guaranteed by LTV's wholly owned subsidiary, LTV Steel Company, Inc. The unamortized original issue

F-22

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

discount results in an effective interest rate of 8.25%. The notes are redeemable at the option of the Company in whole or in part, at any time after September 2002. At any time prior to September 2000, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original principal amount with proceeds from any public equity offerings. Proceeds of the offering were used in 1997 to finance the acquisition of VP Buildings, Inc. ("VP Buildings") and to redeem $100 million principal amount of Senior Secured Convertible Notes due June 2003 at a premium that resulted in an extraordinary charge of $4 million, net of taxes of $2 million.

The 8.5% Notes due December 2020 payable to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC") with a balance of $62 million were repaid in December 1998.

The Company has three credit facilities with banks (the "Receivables Facility" expiring in 2003, the "Inventory Facility" expiring in 2003 and a "Secured Demand Facility" expiring in March 1999) that provide the Company with up to $590 million of financing resources at prevailing market rates. Substantially all of the Company's receivables and inventories are pledged as collateral under these credit facilities agreements.

The Receivables Facility permits borrowings of up to $320 million for working capital requirements and general corporate purposes, $100 million of which may be used to issue letters of credit. At December 31, 1998, $218 million was permitted to be borrowed; however, no borrowings were outstanding and letters of credit outstanding amounted to $17 million under this facility. The borrower under the Receivables Facility is LTV Sales Finance Company, a structured finance special purpose entity wholly owned by LTV, which on a daily basis purchases and pledges essentially all of the receivables generated by LTV. The creditors of LTV Sales Finance Company have a claim on the assets of that company prior to those assets becoming available to other creditors of LTV or its affiliates.

LTV Steel Company, Inc., effective as of March 1, 1998, entered into a $250 million five-year Inventory Facility. The Inventory Facility, secured by essentially all of LTV Steel's inventory through a special purpose entity, permits borrowings of up to $250 million for working capital and general corporate purposes, $150 million of which may be used to issue letters of credit. Interest will accrue at the Company's option of either the lender bank's base rate or 1% above LIBOR rates. At December 31, 1998, there were no outstanding borrowings against the Inventory Facility; and letters of credit totaling $68 million were outstanding under this facility. The borrower under the Inventory Facility is LTV Steel Products, LLC, a consolidated structured finance special purpose entity wholly owned by LTV Steel, which purchases and pledges essentially all of the inventory produced by LTV Steel. The creditors of LTV Steel Products, LLC, have a claim on the assets of that company prior to those assets becoming available to other creditors of LTV or its affiliates.

The Company's wholly owned subsidiary, VP Buildings, has a Secured Demand Facility that expires in March 1999 and is secured by the accounts receivable of VP Buildings. The facility permits borrowings of up to $20 million for working capital and general corporate purposes and for letters of credit. At December 31, 1998, $20 million

F-23

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

was permitted to be borrowed; no letters of credit or borrowings were outstanding under this facility.

The 8.20% Senior Notes contain various covenants including restrictions on payments of dividends, stock repurchases, capital expenditures, investments in subsidiaries and borrowings. Under the terms of the most restrictive covenant, $97 million of retained earnings is available for common stock dividend payments and stock repurchases at December 31, 1998.

OPERATING LEASES

The Company leases certain manufacturing facilities and equipment, office space and computer equipment under cancelable and noncancelable leases that expire at various dates. Rental expense on operating leases was $79 million, $71 million and $62 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Minimum future operating lease obligations in effect at December 31, 1998 are as follows (in millions):

1999.........................  $     43
2000.........................        27
2001.........................        22
2002.........................        14
2003.........................        13
Later years..................        71
                               --------
Total obligations............  $    190
                               ========

PENSIONS AND POSTEMPLOYMENT HEALTH CARE AND OTHER INSURANCE BENEFITS

The Company's pension plans provide current benefits for most employees through defined contribution plans with benefits based on age and compensation levels whose costs are accrued and funded on a current basis. The Company also has defined benefit plans, the benefits of which are primarily for past service only, based on years of service and on average compensation for certain years. The majority of these defined benefit plans are subject to Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 funding standards.

The Company provides other postemployment benefits ("OPEB") primarily for health care, life insurance and other insurance benefits for substantially all active, inactive and retired employees. The health care plans are contributory and contain other cost-sharing features such as deductibles, lifetime maximums and copayment requirements.

As part of the 1994 United Steel Workers of America ("USWA") labor agreement, the Company is required to contribute to a Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Association ("VEBA") Trust to prefund postemployment health care and other insurance benefits for covered employees and retirees in addition to making cash payments for such benefits on a current basis. The Company is required to contribute to the VEBA Trust a minimum of $5 million annually ($10 million in years when common stock dividends are declared) and additional amounts based on defined cash flow as set forth in the labor agreement. The required contribution for 1998 was $10 million.

F-24

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The components of pensions and other postemployment benefit obligations and related assets are as follows (in millions):

                                            PENSION BENEFITS            OPEB
                                           -------------------   -------------------
                                             1998       1997       1998       1997
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of
  year...................................  $  3,327   $  3,395   $  1,520   $  1,687
Service cost.............................         2          1         13         14
Interest cost............................       228        237        102        106
Actuarial (gains) losses.................       108        (10)        (1)      (163)
Shutdowns/acquisitions...................        18         41          7          5
Benefits paid............................      (329)      (337)      (115)      (129)
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
Benefit obligation at end of year........  $  3,354   $  3,327   $  1,526   $  1,520
                                           ========   ========   ========   ========

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of
  year...................................  $  3,080   $  2,836   $     62   $     36
Actual return on plan assets.............       349        503         36         11
Shutdowns/acquisitions...................        --         10         --         --
Company contributions....................         9         68         10         17
Benefits paid............................      (329)      (337)        (5)        (2)
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
Fair value of plan assets at end of
  year...................................  $  3,109   $  3,080   $    103   $     62
                                           ========   ========   ========   ========

Funded status of the plan
  (underfunded)..........................  $   (245)  $   (247)  $ (1,423)  $ (1,458)
Unrecognized net actuarial gains.........      (394)      (402)      (254)      (241)
Unrecognized prior service cost..........        98        119   $      1         --
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
Accrued benefit cost.....................  $   (541)  $   (530)  $ (1,676)  $ (1,699)
                                           ========   ========   ========   ========

Pension plan assets consist substantially of equity securities listed on national exchanges, fixed income securities and cash equivalents. VEBA assets for OPEB obligations are invested primarily in equity securities listed on national exchanges.

                                           PENSION BENEFITS            OPEB
                                          -------------------   -------------------
                                            1998       1997       1998       1997
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet
consist of (in millions):
Prepaid benefit cost....................  $     22   $     21   $     --   $     --
Accrued benefit liability...............      (585)      (565)    (1,676)    (1,699)
Intangible asset........................         1          1         --         --
Accumulated other comprehensive
  income................................        11          3         --         --
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------
Net amount recognized...................      (551)      (540)  $ (1,676)  $ (1,699)
                                                                ========   ========
Defined contribution plans..............        10         10
                                          --------   --------
Total...................................  $   (541)  $   (530)
                                          ========   ========

F-25

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Amounts applicable to the Company's underfunded pension plan at December 31 are as follows (in millions):

                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
Projected benefit obligation................................  $  3,066   $  3,056
Accumulated benefit obligation..............................     3,049      3,039
Fair value of plan assets...................................     2,773      2,778
Amounts recognized as accrued benefit liabilities...........       575        555
Amounts recognized as intangible asset......................         1          1
Amounts recognized as accumulated comprehensive income......        11          3

                                   PENSION BENEFITS                       OPEB
                            ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                              1998       1997       1996       1998       1997       1996
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Weighted-average
assumptions as of December
31:
Discount rate.............      6.75%      7.25%      7.50%      6.75%      7.25%      7.50%
Expected return on plan
  assets..................      9.00%      9.00%      9.00%      9.00%      9.00%      9.00%
Projected health care cost
  trend rate..............                                       6.20%      6.70%      7.50%
Ultimate trend rate.......                                       4.25%      4.50%      4.50%
Year ultimate trend rate
  is achieved.............                                       2003       2003       2003

Components of net periodic
  benefit cost:
Service cost..............  $      2   $      1   $      6   $     13   $     14   $     18
Interest cost.............       228        237        247        101        105        120
Expected return on plan
  assets..................      (240)      (223)      (209)        (5)        (4)        (3)
Amortization of prior
  service cost............        17         18         18         --         --         --
Recognized net actuarial
  loss (gain).............        (4)        (5)         2        (14)       (13)         1
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Benefit cost..............         3         28         64         95        102        136
Defined contribution
  plans...................        48         49         48
                            --------   --------   --------
Total included in
  operations..............        51         77        112
Curtailment charges
  included in special
  charges.................        19         16         --          7          5         --
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                            $     70   $     93   $    112   $    102   $    107   $    136
                            ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========

During 1998 and 1997, the Company's actuary computed the benefit obligations for both the pension plans and other postemployment benefit obligations using refined assumptions with more recent experience data. This computation reduced 1998 and 1997 expense by approximately $1 million and $17 million, respectively for pension plans and

F-26

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

approximately $13 million and $34 million, respectively for other postemployment benefit obligations.

The following shows the 1998 effect of a 1% increase or decrease in the weighted-average health care cost trend rate (in millions):

                                                          1-PERCENTAGE-     1-PERCENTAGE-
                                                          POINT INCREASE    POINT DECREASE
                                                          --------------    --------------
Effect on total of service and interest cost
components..............................................     $     12          $    (11)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation.............     $    142          $   (121)

TAXES

The provision for income taxes is as follows (in millions):

                                                      1998        1996        1997
                                                    --------    --------    --------
Current:
  Federal.........................................  $     (1)   $      7    $     --
  State...........................................         4           3          --
Amount not payable in cash:.......................        --          18          64
                                                    --------    --------    --------
  Tax provision...................................  $      3    $     28    $     64
                                                    ========    ========    ========

In 1998 the Company recorded $3 million of cash taxes and a full valuation allowance to offset the tax benefit from the current year loss.

In 1997 and 1996, the Company recorded a tax provision of $28 million and $64 million, respectively. Of these provisions, $18 million and $64 million did not result in cash payments because of pre-reorganization net deductible temporary differences. The Company's effective tax rate for financial statement reporting purposes was 40% in 1997 and 37% in 1996. Taxes payable in 1997 consist primarily of state and federal taxes including a less than 80% owned subsidiary.

The Company reports federal income tax expense before consideration of pre- reorganization net deferred tax assets totaling $1.3 billion at December 31, 1998. The Company's actual income tax cash payments were significantly less than the total financial statement expense amounts as the tax provision required by fresh-start financial statement reporting was in excess of the Company's actual tax payments. As LTV realizes the benefits of reduced cash tax payments from pre-reorganization net deferred tax assets, such benefits increase additional paid-in capital and are represented by the "Amount not payable in cash" in the above table.

F-27

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The income tax effects of the factors accounting for the differences between federal income tax computed at the statutory rate and the recorded provision are as follows (in millions):

                                                     1998        1997        1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------
Tax provision (benefit) at statutory rates.......  $     (8)   $     24    $     61
Increases (decreases) resulting from:
  Valuation allowance............................        14          --          --
  Percentage depletion deduction.................        (4)         (7)         (5)
  Federal alternative minimum tax................        (1)          7
  State taxes....................................         2           5           8
  Other..........................................        --          (1)         --
                                                   --------    --------    --------
     Tax provision...............................  $      3    $     28    $     64
                                                   ========    ========    ========

Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31 (in millions):

                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
Deferred tax assets:
  Postemployment health care liability......................  $    669    $    678
  Net operating loss carryforwards..........................       945         880
  Pension liability.........................................       228         218
  Other employee benefits liability.........................       142         159
  Plant rationalization and environmental liabilities.......        91         104
  Safe harbor tax leases....................................        96         107
  Other.....................................................       129         129
                                                              --------    --------
     Subtotal...............................................     2,300       2,275
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax over book depreciation................................      (827)       (833)
  Inventory and other.......................................      (123)       (117)
                                                              --------    --------
     Subtotal...............................................      (950)       (950)
Valuation allowance.........................................    (1,350)     (1,325)
                                                              --------    --------
     Total deferred taxes, net..............................  $     --    $     --
                                                              ========    ========

The evaluation of the realizability of the Company's net deferred tax assets in future periods is made based upon historical and projected operating performance and other factors for generating future taxable income, such as intent and ability to sell assets. At this time, the Company has established a valuation reserve for all of its net deferred tax assets.

For income tax reporting purposes, LTV has a regular tax net operating loss carryforward of $2.7 billion and a federal alternative minimum tax net operating loss carryforward of $1.5 billion that are not restricted as to use and will expire in the years 2000 through 2018. The Company's ability to reduce future income tax payments through the use of net operating loss carryforwards could be significantly limited on an annual basis

F-28

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

if the Company were to undergo an "ownership change" within the meaning of
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Alternative minimum taxes paid through 1998 of approximately $46 million are available as a credit carryforward, and the period is not limited. Investment tax credit carryforwards of approximately $8 million at December 31, 1998 are recognized using the "flow through" method and expire in 1999 through 2003.

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

LTV has authorized for issuance 20 million shares of preferred stock with a $1.00 par value. At December 31, 1998, the Company has 500,000 outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series B"). This issue has a stated liquidation preference value of $50 million, is senior to all common stock and has weighted voting rights equal to that number of shares of common stock into which it can be converted. Dividends on the Series B are payable quarterly in either cash or common stock, at the election of LTV, at the rate of 4.5% per annum on the stated value. Holders of the Series B have the right to convert the stated value of their shares, in whole or in part, into common stock at a conversion price of $17.09 per share (potentially 2.9 million shares). LTV has the right to redeem the Series B for $51 million at December 31, 1998, declining to $50 million at June 28, 2000.

In 1997, the Company completed a stock repurchase program by purchasing 5.5 million shares in the open market for $68 million and by redeeming the $100 million Senior Secured Convertible Notes, which eliminated an additional 5.1 million of potentially dilutive shares.

The Company has a nonleveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") for employees covered by the USWA labor agreement that effectively holds 3.2 million shares of the Company's common stock at December 31, 1998.

The Company has common stock reserved for potential future issuance in accordance with an agreement with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") that certain (if any) future environmental claims can be settled in cash or common stock.

The Company has also reserved for future issuance 9.7 million shares of LTV common stock under incentive programs authorizing the granting of stock options and restricted stock awards to directors, officers and other key employees. The stock incentive programs are designed to encourage a personal investment in LTV common stock from participating individuals. The options to purchase common stock are primarily outstanding for terms of ten years from date of grant and are granted at prices not lower than market price at date of grant. The market value of restricted stock awarded has been recorded as unearned compensation and is included in "Other" in shareholders' equity. Unearned

F-29

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

compensation is primarily being amortized to expense over a five-year vesting period. Transactions under these programs are summarized as follows:

                                    1998                     1997                     1996
                           ----------------------   ----------------------   ----------------------
                           SHARES       PRICE       SHARES       PRICE       SHARES       PRICE
                           ------   -------------   ------   -------------   ------   -------------
Stock options: (shares in
thousands)
  Options outstanding at
    beginning of year....   3,354   $11.19-$19.33    1,691   $12.21-$19.33    1,420   $14.17-$19.33
  Granted................   1,182      5.56-13.38    1,828     11.19-14.38      322     12.21-14.31
  Exercised..............      --              --       --              --       --              --
  Canceled...............    (174)    11.94-19.33     (165)    12.21-19.33      (51)    14.78-19.33
                           ------   -------------   ------   -------------   ------   -------------
  Options outstanding at
    end of year..........   4,362   $ 5.56-$19.33    3,354   $11.19-$19.33    1,691   $12.21-$19.33
                           ======   =============   ======   =============   ======   =============
  Options exercisable at
    end of year..........   1,725   $12.21-$19.33    1,295   $12.21-$19.33    1,093   $14.74-$19.33
                           ======   =============   ======   =============   ======   =============
Restricted Stock (shares
  in thousands):
  Shares outstanding at
    beginning of year....     185   $ 9.88-$18.88      184   $14.00-$18.88      186   $14.00-$18.88
  Granted................      41      5.25-13.13        6      9.88-14.25        2
                                                                                           ---14.13
  Unrestricted...........      (5)    12.68-18.88       (1)                      (4)
                                                                  ---18.88
                                                                                           ---18.88
  Canceled...............      (3)     9.88-18.88       (4)                      --              --
                                                                  ---18.88
                           ------   -------------   ------                   ------   -------------
                                                             -------------
  Shares outstanding at
    end of year..........     218   $ 5.25-$18.88      185   $14.00-$18.88      184   $14.00-$18.88
                           ======   =============   ======   =============   ======   =============

In 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," which permits companies to recognize expense for stock-based awards based on their fair value on the date of grant or to continue to follow Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 with pro forma disclosures. The Company continues recognition of stock option programs in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25. As required by Statement No. 123, the Company has determined the pro forma information under the fair value method using the Black-Scholes option pricing module with the following weighted-average assumptions used in 1998, 1997 and 1996: risk-free rate of return of 5.8%; dividend yield of 1%; volatility of 28%; and 7 years as the expected life for all years presented. The pro forma effect of these options would increase the loss by $3 million ($0.03 per share) in 1998, decrease net income by $3 million ($0.02 per share) in 1997 and have no effect in 1996.

F-30

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The following table reflects the accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (in millions):

                                           GAINS                              ACCUMULATED
                                         (LOSSES)                                OTHER
                                            ON               MINIMUM         COMPREHENSIVE
                                        MARKETABLE           PENSION            INCOME
                                        SECURITIES          LIABILITY           (LOSS)
                                       -------------      -------------      -------------
Balance at January 1, 1996..........   $           2      $        (185)     $        (183)
1996 change.........................              (2)               176                174
                                       -------------      -------------      -------------
Balance at December 31, 1996........              --                 (9)                (9)
1997 change.........................              --                  6                  6
                                       -------------      -------------      -------------
Balance at December 31, 1997........              --                 (3)                (3)
1998 change.........................              --                 (8)                (8)
                                       -------------      -------------      -------------
Balance at December 31, 1998........   $          --      $         (11)     $         (11)
                                       =============      =============      =============

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 are based on the weighted-average common shares outstanding of 100 million, 103 million and 105 million, respectively.

Diluted earnings per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 are based on the weighted-average common shares outstanding of 100 million, 104 million and 108 million, respectively. Diluted shares were determined by increasing basic shares outstanding to reflect common stock equivalents and in 1996 the stock issuable upon conversion of the convertible notes and preferred shares. The preferred shares were antidilutive in 1998 and 1997.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is the subject of various threatened or pending legal actions, contingencies and commitments in the normal course of conducting its business. The Company provides for costs related to these matters when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. The effect of the outcome of these matters on the Company's future results of operations and liquidity cannot be predicted because any such effect depends on future results of operations and the amount and timing of the resolution of such matters. While it is not possible to predict with certainty, management believes that the ultimate resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

LTV is subject to changing and increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations concerning air emissions, water discharges, and waste disposal, as well as remediation activities that involve the clean-up of environmental media such as soils and groundwater ("remediation liabilities"). As a consequence, the Company has incurred, and will continue to incur, substantial capital expenditures and operating and maintenance

F-31

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

expenses in order to comply with such requirements. Additionally, if any of the Company's facilities are unable to meet required environmental standards or laws, those operations could be temporarily or permanently closed.

Important examples of laws referred to above are the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments ("CAA Amendments"), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended ("RCRA"), and related state and local laws. The CAA Amendments and its state and local counterparts require progressively more stringent air emission quality standards in the future. RCRA and related state laws include so-called "corrective action" provisions that grant the environmental agencies authority to require the Company to clean up environmental media, such as soils and groundwater, under certain prescribed conditions. These corrective action provisions, in most instances, are not self-implementing and, in the Company's view, create no current legal obligation. If, in the future, the Company were required to implement corrective actions, the Company could be required to record additional liabilities which cannot be estimated at this time, but could be substantial.

A 1993 agreement with the USWA provided that a portion of the requirements with respect to certain postemployment benefits would be secured by a junior lien of $250 million on collateral with an unencumbered fair market value of at least $500 million. The initial security was provided by the grant of a mortgage on facilities having a carrying value of approximately $500 million.

The Company has a labor agreement that expires August 1, 1999 with the USWA covering approximately 9,500 active hourly workers. A significant amount of the Company's sales are to the transportation market and several of the Company's domestic automobile customers also have labor contracts that expire during 1999.

The Company has commitments to purchase approximately $230 million of its coke and coal requirements for each of the years 1999 and 2000.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Cash equivalents are investments in highly liquid, low-risk money market funds and commercial paper with maturities of three months or less and are classified as held-to-maturity. The carrying amount of these assets approximates fair value. The Company carries marketable securities at fair value. The estimated fair value of the Company's long-term debt at December 31, 1998 would be $28 million less than the recorded value based on current market interest rates available for financings with similar terms and maturities.

The Company has entered into futures contracts to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in costs caused by the price volatility of certain metal commodities and natural gas supplies. The Company does not engage in speculation and the results of these hedging transactions become part of the cost of the commodity or supply being hedged. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the notional value of these contracts totaled $233 million and $6 million, respectively. The contracts extend for periods of up to five years. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the fair value of the contracts, which is based on quoted market prices, approximated the carrying value of zero.

F-32

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Outstanding letters of credit totaled $86 million and $101 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The letters of credit guarantee performance to third parties of various trade activities and tax benefit transfer agreements. The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate the fair value of the guarantees and does not believe exposure to loss is likely.

The cost of marketable securities approximated fair value at December 31, 1998 and 1997. The cost and fair value of marketable securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 1998 are as follows (in millions):

Due in one year or less.....................................  $     53
Due after one year through two years........................        61
Due after two years.........................................        96
                                                              --------
  Total.....................................................  $    210
                                                              ========

VP BUILDINGS ACQUISITION

On July 2, 1997, the Company, through its new wholly owned subsidiary VP Buildings, purchased substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Varco-Pruden Building Products Division of United Dominion Industries, Inc., for cash of approximately $188 million. This transaction was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting; and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired company are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

The unaudited pro forma financial information for the Company is presented as if the acquisition of VP Buildings had occurred on January 1, 1996. The pro forma results for 1997 and 1996, respectively (in millions except per share data) are as follows: net sales $4,590 and $4,440, income before extraordinary charges $44 and $124, net income $33 and $124 and diluted earnings per share $0.30 and $1.14. These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and are not necessarily representative of the results of operations that would have resulted if the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the year or that may result in the future.

SPECIAL CHARGES

In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company recorded $55 million of special charges for the closure of cold roll finishing operations in the Number 2 finishing department at the Cleveland Works, recognition of an asset impairment of an electro-galvanizing joint venture, the shutdown of an electric-weld pipe line and salaried force reduction. The charges include $38 million of employee costs covering approximately 460 hourly and salaried employees, $15 million for the impairment of the joint venture and $2 million for other costs. The impairment is due to a change in the utilization of the joint venture facility. The amount of the asset impairment was determined based on a third party valuation. There have been no cash expenditures in 1998.

In the third quarter of 1997, LTV recorded a special charge of $150 million for the closure of the Pittsburgh coke plant. On February 28, 1998, the Company ceased operations and began the closure process. The special charge included $51 million for facilities write-down, $34 million for employee costs and $65 million for demolition,

F-33

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

environmental matters and other costs. Through December 31, 1998, spending of $28 million has been charged against this reserve.

Retirement related costs have been recorded as plan curtailments.

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA

Net interest and other income included the following (in millions):

                                               1998        1997       1996
                                              -------    --------    -------
Interest and other income...................  $    26    $     45    $    44
Interest expense............................       (3)         (3)        (1)
                                              -------    --------    -------
  Total.....................................  $    23    $     42    $    43
                                              =======    ========    =======

The Company has incurred research and development expense of $14 million in 1998 and 1997 and $15 million in 1996.

Supplemental cash flow information is presented as follows (in millions):

                                                     1998        1997        1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------
Changes in assets and liabilities which provided
(used) net cash:
  Receivables....................................  $     96    $    (26)   $     (7)
  Inventories....................................        47         (89)        (60)
  Other assets...................................        (6)         34          13
  Accounts payable...............................       (33)        (19)         96
  Other liabilities..............................      (103)         (6)        (31)
  Other..........................................         1          (1)        (13)
                                                   --------    --------    --------
          Total..................................  $      2    $   (107)   $     (2)
                                                   ========    ========    ========
Interest payments................................  $     27    $     11    $     13
Income tax payments..............................         7           8           2
Capitalized interest.............................        31          19          15
Purchases of marketable securities...............     2,258      10,443       4,684
Sales of marketable securities...................     2,408      10,650       4,575

SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company operates in three reportable segments consisting of Integrated Steel, Metal Fabrication and Corporate and Other. Integrated Steel manufactures and sells a diversified line of carbon steel products consisting of hot rolled and cold rolled sheet, galvanized and tin mill products for the domestic transportation, appliance, container and electrical equipment markets. Metal Fabrication produces pipe, conduit and tubular products for use in transportation, agriculture, oil and gas and construction industries. The segment also engineers and manufactures pre-engineered, low-rise steel building systems for manufacturing, warehousing and commercial applications. Corporate and Other consists of steel-related joint ventures, primarily Trico Steel and Cliffs and Associates which are

F-34

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

accounted for using the equity method and corporate investments and related income and expense.

LTV's reportable segments are strategic business units grouped by similar products, technologies and manufacturing processes. Segments are managed separately because each serves a different market and group of customers. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Segment performance is measured on pretax profit or loss from operations before special items. Integrated Steel accounts for intersegment sales at current market prices as if transactions had taken place with third parties.

The Company's sales to the transportation market approximated 30% of sales in each of the last three years. The Company also sells to the steel service center and converter markets that, in turn, sell to the transportation and other industries. Management does not believe significant credit risk exists at December 31, 1998. Sales for the years 1998, 1997 and 1996 to the Company's largest customer, General Motors Corporation, represented approximately 9%, 11% and 11%, respectively, of total sales.

                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                       --------------------------------------------------
                                       INTEGRATED       METAL       CORPORATE
                                         STEEL       FABRICATION     & OTHER      TOTAL
                                       ----------    -----------    ---------    --------
                                                         (IN MILLIONS)
Trade sales..........................   $  3,590      $    683      $     --     $  4,273
Intersegment sales...................         94            --            --           94
Interest and other income............          3            --            23           26
Net interest expense.................         (2)           --            (1)          (3)
Results of affiliates' operations....         --             5           (54)         (49)
Segment income (loss) before income
  taxes and special charge...........         11            63           (43)          31
Special charges......................        (52)           (3)           --          (55)
Segment assets.......................      4,378           466         1,961        6,805
Capital expenditures.................        310            52            --          362
Depreciation and amortization........        247            12            --          259
Investments in equity affiliates.....         67            21           226          314

Assets
  Total assets for reportable
     segments........................                                            $  6,805
  Intersegment eliminations..........                                              (1,481)
                                                                                 --------
     Consolidated total..............                                            $  5,324
                                                                                 ========

F-35

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                         -------------------------------------------------
                                         INTEGRATED       METAL       CORPORATE
                                           STEEL       FABRICATION     & OTHER      TOTAL
                                         ----------    -----------    ---------    -------
                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
Trade sales............................    $3,905         $541         $   --      $ 4,446
Intersegment sales.....................       101           --             --          101
Interest and other income..............         3           --             42           45
Net interest expense...................        --           --             (3)          (3)
Results of affiliates operations.......        --            4            (45)         (41)
Segment income (loss) before income
  taxes and special charge.............       186           51            (18)         219
Special charge.........................      (150)          --             --         (150)
Segment assets.........................     4,590          399          1,958        6,947
Capital expenditures...................       310           16             --          326
Depreciation and amortization..........       255            8             --          263
Investments in equity affiliates.......        84           21            207          312

Assets
  Total assets for reportable
     segments..........................                                            $ 6,947
  Intersegment eliminations............                                             (1,401)
                                                                                   -------
     Consolidated total................                                            $ 5,546
                                                                                   =======

                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                       --------------------------------------------------
                                       INTEGRATED       METAL       CORPORATE
                                         STEEL       FABRICATION    (& OTHER)     TOTAL
                                       ----------    -----------    ---------    --------
                                                         (IN MILLIONS)
Trade sales..........................   $  3,813      $    322      $     --     $  4,135
Intersegment sales...................         97            --            --           97
Interest and other income............          4            --            40           44
Net interest expense.................         --            --            (1)          (1)
Results of affiliates operations.....         --            --            --           --
Segment income (loss) before income
  taxes..............................        125            20            28          173
Segment assets.......................      4,621            79         1,718        6,418
Capital expenditures.................        240             3            --          243
Depreciation and amortization........        263             3            --          266
Investments in equity affiliates.....         87            --           169          256

Assets
  Total assets for reportable
     segments........................                                            $  6,418
  Intersegment eliminations..........                                              (1,008)
                                                                                 --------
     Consolidated total..............                                            $  5,410
                                                                                 ========

SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION

All of LTV's wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, except for LTV Steel Products, LLC and LTV Sales Finance Company, will fully and unconditionally guarantee LTV's obligation to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the New Senior Notes and the New Bank Financing. Management intends to amend the existing 8.20%

F-36

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Senior Notes due September 2007, which were guaranteed solely by LTV Steel Company, Inc., to receive the same guarantees as described above. The following supplemental condensed consolidating financial statements of The LTV Corporation present (in millions): balance sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997; statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996. The LTV Corporation (Parent), the Guarantors and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries' investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method. Necessary elimination entries have been made to consolidate the Parent and all of its subsidiaries.

Management does not believe that separate financial statements of the Guarantors for the New Senior Notes and the New Bank Financing are material to investors. Therefore, separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning the Guarantors are not presented.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
(IN MILLIONS)

                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1998
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            NON-
                                                         GUARANTOR
                                PARENT     GUARANTOR    SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                              ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash, cash equivalents and
marketable securities.......  $      276   $        4    $       31     $       --     $      311
Receivables.................           3           60           312             --            375
Notes
  receivable/(payable)......          --          (40)           40             --             --
Inventories.................          --           36           818             --            854
Other current assets........           3           12            --             --             15
                              ----------   ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------
       Total current
          assets............         282           72         1,201             --          1,555
Intercompany, net...........         282          811        (1,093)            --             --
Investments and other
  noncurrent assets.........       1,405          507            13         (1,421)           504
Property, plant and
  equipment, net............          --        3,256             9             --          3,265
                              ----------   ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------
       Total assets.........  $    1,969   $    4,646    $      130     $   (1,421)    $    5,324
                              ==========   ==========    ==========     ==========     ==========

Total current liabilities...  $       25   $      795    $       19     $       --     $      839
Long-term debt..............         298            4            --             --            302
Postemployment health care
  and other insurance
  benefits..................          --        1,541            11             --          1,552
Pension benefits............          --          564             1             --            565
Other.......................          18          403            17             --            438
Shareholders' equity........       1,628        1,339            82         (1,421)         1,628
                              ----------   ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------
       Total liabilities and
          shareholders'
          equity............  $    1,969   $    4,646    $      130     $   (1,421)    $    5,324
                              ==========   ==========    ==========     ==========     ==========

F-37

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
(IN MILLIONS)

                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1997
                               ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         NON-
                                                      GUARANTOR
                               PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                               -------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash, cash equivalents and
marketable securities........  $   467    $    16       $  37         $    --        $   520
Receivables..................        4         50         416              --            470
Notes receivable/(payable)...       --        359        (359)             --             --
Inventories..................       --        899           3              --            902
Other current assets.........        4          7           1              --             12
                               -------    -------       -----         -------        -------
       Total current
          assets.............      475      1,331          98              --          1,904
Intercompany, net............       83        (74)         (9)             --             --
Investments and other
  noncurrent assets..........    1,470        468           7          (1,464)           481
Property, plant and
  equipment, net.............       --      3,151          10              --          3,161
                               -------    -------       -----         -------        -------
       Total assets..........  $ 2,028    $ 4,876       $ 106         $(1,464)       $ 5,546
                               =======    =======       =====         =======        =======

Total current liabilities....  $    37        881          20         $    --        $   938
Long-term debt...............      298         57          --              --            355
Postemployment health care
  and other insurance
  benefits...................       --      1,560          10              --          1,570
Pension benefits.............       --        547           1              --            548
Other........................       17        425          17              --            459
Shareholders' equity.........    1,676      1,406          58          (1,464)         1,676
                               -------    -------       -----         -------        -------
       Total liabilities and
          shareholders'
          equity.............  $ 2,028    $ 4,876       $ 106         $(1,464)       $ 5,546
                               =======    =======       =====         =======        =======

F-38

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(IN MILLIONS)

                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        NON-
                                                     GUARANTOR
                              PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                             --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net sales..................  $     --   $  4,242      $  3,231       $ (3,200)      $  4,273
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold....        --      3,791         3,182         (3,200)         3,773
  Depreciation and
     amortization..........        --        257             2             --            259
  Selling, general and
     administrative........        12        171             1             --            184
  Results of affiliates'
     operations............        32         70            --            (53)            49
  Net interest and other...       (20)       (66)           63             --            (23)
  Special charges..........        --         55            --             --             55
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
          Total............        24      4,278         3,248         (3,253)         4,297
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Income (loss) before income
  taxes....................       (24)       (36)          (17)            53            (24)
Income tax provision.......        (3)        --            --             --             (3)
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net loss..............  $    (27)  $    (36)     $    (17)      $     53       $    (27)
                             ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-39

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        NON-
                                                     GUARANTOR
                              PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                             --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net sales..................  $     --   $  4,420      $     52       $    (26)      $  4,446
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold....        --      3,781            46            (26)         3,801
  Depreciation and
     amortization..........        --        261             2             --            263
  Selling, general and
     administrative........        11        153            --             --            164
  Results of affiliates'
     operations............       (41)        36            --             46             41
  Net interest and other...       (39)         4            (7)            --            (42)
  Special charges..........        --        150                                         150
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
          Total............       (69)     4,385            41             20          4,377
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Income before income
  taxes....................        69         35            11            (46)            69
Income tax provision.......       (28)       (14)           (4)            18            (28)
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Income before items
  below....................        41         21             7            (28)            41
Extraordinary loss.........        (4)        --            --             --             (4)
Cumulative effect of
  accounting change........        (7)        --            --             --             (7)
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net income............  $     30   $     21      $      7       $    (28)      $     30
                             ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-40

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(IN MILLIONS)

                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        NON-
                                                     GUARANTOR
                              PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                             --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net sales..................  $     --   $  4,113      $     59       $    (37)      $  4,135
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold....        --      3,587            46            (37)         3,596
  Depreciation and
     amortization..........        --        264             2             --            266
  Selling, general and
     administrative........        10        133            --             --            143
  Results of affiliates'
     operations............      (138)       (14)           --            152             --
  Net interest and other...       (45)         8            (6)            --            (43)
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
          Total............      (173)     3,978            42            115          3,962
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Income before income
  taxes....................       173        135            17           (152)           173
Income tax provision.......       (64)       (50)           (6)            56            (64)
                             --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
          Net income.......  $    109   $     85      $     11       $    (96)      $    109
                             ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-41

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOWS STATEMENT

(IN MILLIONS)

                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              NON-
                                                           GUARANTOR
                                    PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                                   --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash provided by (used in)
operating activities.............  $   (178)  $    491      $     (1)      $     --       $    312
Investing activities:
  Capital expenditures...........        --       (361)           (1)            --           (362)
  Investments in steel-related
     businesses..................        --        (80)           --             --            (80)
  Net sales of marketable
     securities..................       150         --            --             --            150
  Other..........................        --         (2)           (3)            --             (5)
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used
       in) investing
       activities................       150       (443)           (4)            --           (297)
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Financing activities:
  Borrowings.....................        --          4                           --              4
  Payments on long-term debt.....        --        (62)                          --            (62)
  Pension funding to restored
     plans.......................        --         (2)                          --             (2)
  Dividends paid and other.......       (14)        --            --             --            (14)
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used
       in) financing
       activities................       (14)       (60)           --             --            (74)
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and cash equivalents...........       (42)       (12)           (5)            --            (59)
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of year..............       108         16            36             --            160
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end
  of year........................  $     66   $      4      $     31       $     --       $    101
                                   ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-42

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOWS STATEMENT

(IN MILLIONS)

                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              NON-
                                                           GUARANTOR
                                    PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                                   --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash provided by (used in)
operating activities.............  $    (74)  $    467      $      4       $     --       $    397
Investing activities:
  Capital expenditures...........        --       (325)           (1)            --           (326)
  VP Buildings acquisition.......      (188)        --            --             --           (188)
  Investments in steel-related
     businesses..................        --       (101)           --             --           (101)
  Net sales of marketable
     securities..................       207         --            --             --            207
  Other..........................        --         25            (1)            --             24
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used
       in) investing
       activities................        19       (401)           (2)            --           (384)
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Financing activities:
  Borrowings.....................       290         --            --             --            290
  Payments on long-term debt.....      (106)        --            --             --           (106)
  Pension funding to restored
     plans.......................        --        (61)           --             --            (61)
  Repurchases of common stock....       (68)        --            --             --            (68)
  Dividends paid and other.......       (15)        --            --             --            (15)
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used
       in) financing
       activities................       101        (61)           --             --             40
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and cash equivalents...........        46          5             2             --             53
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of year..............        62         11            34             --            107
                                   --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end
  of year........................  $    108   $     16      $     36       $     --       $    160
                                   ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-43

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOWS STATEMENT

(IN MILLIONS)

                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             NON-
                                                          GUARANTOR
                                   PARENT    GUARANTOR   SUBSIDIARIES   ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                                  --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash provided by (used in)
operating activities............  $    (92)  $    590      $     (3)      $     --       $    495
Investing activities:
  Capital expenditures..........        --       (242)           (1)            --           (243)
  Investments in steel-related
     businesses.................        --        (79)           --             --            (79)
  Net purchases of marketable
     securities.................      (109)        --            --             --           (109)
  Other.........................        (2)         4            (8)            --             (6)
                                  --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used
       in) investing
       activities...............      (111)      (317)           (9)            --           (437)
                                  --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Financing activities:
  Pension funding to restored
     plans......................        --       (205)           --             --           (205)
  Dividends paid and other......       (12)        --            --             --            (12)
                                  --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used
       in) financing
       activities...............       (12)      (205)           --             --           (217)
                                  --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and cash equivalents..........      (215)        68           (12)            --           (159)
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of year.............       277        (57)           46             --            266
                                  --------   --------      --------       --------       --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end
  of year.......................  $     62   $     11      $     34       $     --       $    107
                                  ========   ========      ========       ========       ========

F-44

THE LTV CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following table presents quarterly financial information (in millions, except per share data):

                                        FIRST       SECOND      THIRD       FOURTH
                                       QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER
                                       --------    --------    --------    --------
Net sales
  1998...............................  $  1,127    $  1,093    $  1,064    $    989
  1997...............................     1,072       1,092       1,135       1,147
Gross margin
  1998...............................       142         116         137         105
  1997...............................       141         153         177         174
Income (loss) from operations
  1998...............................        32           6          15         (76)
  1997...............................        45          45         (86)         65
Other charges(1)
  1997...............................        --          --          (4)         (7)
Net income (loss)
  1998...............................        19           4          11         (61)
  1997...............................        27          27         (56)         32
Market price per share
  1998 -- High.......................  $  14.56    $  13.50    $  10.44    $   6.94
           Low.......................      9.50        9.38        5.25        5.00
  1997 -- High.......................     13.63       14.56       14.38       13.13
           Low.......................     11.63       12.50       11.94        9.38
Market price per Series A Warrant (2)
  1998 -- High.......................  $   0.28    $   0.14    $     --    $     --
           Low.......................      0.03        0.02          --          --
  1997 -- High.......................      0.94        0.81        0.63        0.38
           Low.......................      0.56        0.50        0.25        0.03
Earnings per share (3)
  1998 -- Basic and diluted..........  $   0.19    $   0.03    $   0.11    $  (0.62)
  1997 -- Basic and diluted..........      0.25        0.25       (0.54)       0.31
Dividends paid per common share
  1998...............................  $   0.03    $   0.03    $   0.03    $   0.03
  1997...............................      0.03        0.03        0.03        0.03


(1) Other charges consist of $4 million of an extraordinary charge on the early extinguishment of debt and $7 million of a cumulative effect of a change in accounting for start-up costs.

(2) Series A Warrants expired at June 28, 1998.

(3) Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters based on the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for each period, and the sum of the quarters may not necessarily be equal to the full year earnings per share amount.

F-45

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(UNAUDITED)

                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           ------------------------------
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               1999             1998
                                                           -------------    -------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
SALES....................................................     $ 554.7          $ 552.6
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Costs of sales.........................................       490.1            479.1
  Selling and administrative.............................        30.2             28.6
  Interest expense.......................................         7.5              7.2
  Other income...........................................        (0.9)            (0.7)
                                                              -------          -------
          Total costs and expenses.......................       526.9            514.2

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.................        27.8             38.4
  Provision for income taxes.............................        10.4             14.7
                                                              -------          -------

NET INCOME...............................................     $  17.4          $  23.7
                                                              =======          =======

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-46

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)

                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      1999
                                                              ---------------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................         $   8.0
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
     of $2.0................................................            94.0
  Inventories:
     Raw materials..........................................            51.5
     Work-in-process and finished goods.....................            43.3
     Supplies...............................................            19.7
     LIFO reserve...........................................           (10.3)
                                                                     -------
       Net inventories......................................           104.2
  Other current assets......................................             0.9
                                                                     -------
     Total current assets...................................           207.1

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
  Land and land improvements................................            13.0
  Buildings and building equipment..........................            85.0
  Machinery and equipment...................................           350.8
  Construction in progress..................................            54.4
                                                                     -------
                                                                       503.2
  Accumulated depreciation..................................          (207.4)
                                                                     -------
     Net property, plant and equipment......................           295.8

OTHER ASSETS, net of amortization of $4.9...................            36.5
                                                                     -------
                                                                     $ 539.4
                                                                     =======

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-47

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)

                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      1999
                                                              ---------------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..........................................         $  71.3
  Line of credit and current maturities of long-term debt...             4.0
  Salaries, wages and vacation pay..........................             6.6
  Income and other taxes....................................             7.9
  Other.....................................................             7.1
                                                                     -------
     Total current liabilities..............................            96.9
                                                                     -------
LONG-TERM DEBT..............................................           150.2

OTHER LIABILITIES:
  Postemployment benefit obligations........................            40.9
  Deferred income taxes.....................................            26.6
  Other.....................................................            11.6
                                                                     -------
     Total other liabilities................................            79.1

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common Stock, $.83-1/3 par value, 6,000,000 shares
     authorized; 5,757,216 issued and outstanding...........             4.8
  Copperweld Canada Inc., no par value, unlimited shares
     authorized; 44,000 issued and outstanding..............              --
  Additional paid-in capital................................            94.8
  Retained earnings.........................................           116.3
Accumulated other comprehensive loss........................            (2.7)
                                                                     -------
     Total stockholder's equity.............................           213.2
                                                                     -------
                                                                     $ 539.4
                                                                     =======

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-48

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)

                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                   ----------------------------------------
                                                   SEPTEMBER 30, 1999    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                   ------------------    ------------------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income.....................................       $   17.4              $   23.7
  Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization...............           22.8                  18.1
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable.........................          (15.2)                 (5.0)
     Inventory...................................           21.8                   1.4
     Accounts payable............................            5.6                   8.4
     Other.......................................           (8.1)                 36.4
                                                        --------              --------
       Cash provided by operating activities.....           44.3                  82.9

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Business acquisitions..........................           (0.4)                 (4.5)
  Additions to property, plant and equipment.....          (30.7)                (52.2)
  Other..........................................            0.1                   0.1
                                                        --------              --------
     Cash used by investing activities...........          (31.0)                (56.6)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Payment of cash dividends......................           (5.4)                 (7.7)
  Payment of indebtedness........................         (207.0)                (97.0)
  Proceeds from borrowings.......................          193.8                  73.9
  Other..........................................            0.5                  (0.3)
                                                        --------              --------
     Cash provided (used) by financing
       activities................................          (18.1)                (31.1)
                                                        --------              --------

     Decrease in cash and cash equivalents.......           (4.8)                 (4.8)
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF
     PERIOD......................................           12.8                   7.1
                                                        --------              --------
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD.......       $    8.0              $    2.3
                                                        ========              ========

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-49

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

NOTE 1.

The accompanying unaudited combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. All adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation have been made and are of a recurring nature unless otherwise disclosed herein. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for a full year. For further information, refer to the combined financial statements and the notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 1998 herein.

NOTE 2.

On November 10, 1999, Imetal, SA sold all of the stock of Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, (the Companies) for $650 million in cash subject to final adjustments based upon the closing of the acquisition. The potential purchase adjustment is based on the amount of the stockholder's equity at November 9, 1999. The Companies' accompanying financial statements have not been adjusted for this proposed transaction with LTV.

NOTE 3. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Companies operate in two reportable segments consisting of Tubing and Bimetallics. Tubing manufactures and sells a diversified line of steel tubing products used in the automotive, agricultural and industrial equipment, fluid power, construction, recreation and office furniture markets. Bimetallics manufactures and sells copper-clad aluminum and copper-clad steel wire, rod and strand used in the telecommunications (primarily cable television and telephone) and utility industries.

Copperweld's reportable segments are strategic business units grouped by similar products, technologies and manufacturing processes. Segments are managed separately because each serves a different market and group of customers. Segment performance is measured on pretax profit of loss from operations (dollars in millions).

                                                                   1999
                                                    -----------------------------------
                                                     TUBING     BIMETALLICS     TOTAL
                                                    --------    -----------    --------
For the nine months ended September 30:
  Trade sales.....................................  $  473.6     $   81.1      $  554.7
  Segment income before taxes.....................      16.3         11.5          27.8

                                                                   1998
                                                    -----------------------------------
                                                     TUBING     BIMETALLICS     TOTAL
                                                    --------    -----------    --------
Trade sales.......................................  $  484.9     $   67.7      $  552.6
  Segment income before taxes.....................      29.3          9.1          38.4

F-50

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

                                                         1999                  1998
                                                     NINE MONTHS           NINE MONTHS
                                                  ENDED SEPTEMBER 30    ENDED SEPTEMBER 30
                                                       REVENUE               REVENUE
                                                  ------------------    ------------------
United States...................................       $  306.7              $  348.7
Canada..........................................          248.0                 203.9
                                                       --------              --------
                                                       $  554.7              $  552.6
                                                       ========              ========

NOTE 4. CONTINGENCY

There has been no significant change in status of the Companies' contingencies described in the footnotes to the 1998 annual Financial Statement as of September 30, 1999.

NOTE 5. COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

At September 30, 1999, accumulated other comprehensive loss included in the balance sheet amounted to $2.7 million with no material changes since December 31, 1998. The accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30, 1998 was $4.5 million, with no material changes since December 31, 1997.

NOTE 6. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted earnings per share for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998, were not presented because the information would not be meaningful to the users of the Combined Financial Statements due to the nature of the capital structure of the Companies.

NOTE 7. LINE OF CREDIT

During 1996, and amended in 1999, the Corporation entered into an uncommitted, unsecured revolving credit agreement with a bank that provides for demand loans, term loans or letters of credit of up to $10,000,000. Demand loans bear interest at the bank's prime rate and may be repaid at the option of the Corporation or upon demand of the bank. Term loans bear interest at the bank's cost of funds rate plus a margin, and can have maturities ranging from overnight to 90 days. As of September 30, 1999, there was $4,000,000 of term loans outstanding, at an average interest rate of 6.5%.

NOTE 8. LONG-TERM DEBT.

INTERCOMPANY CREDIT AND INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

During 1999, the Corporation entered into a credit agreement with IMETAL that provided for loans in the U.S. of up to the equivalent of 100 million Euros, in U.S. dollars, and for loans in Canada of up to the equivalent of 75 million Euros, in Canadian dollars. Loans under the agreement may be repaid and re-borrowed subject to the commitment

F-51

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

available. The maturity of the loans is limited to periods which are multiples of one month, and carry interest rates that equal the base rate of loans made by IMETAL under its Facility Agreement plus 1.30%. As of September 30, 1999 there were $150.2 million in loans outstanding under this agreement. The average interest rate on the loans outstanding as of September 30, 1999 was 6.68% for loans in the U.S., and 6.075% for loans in Canada.

F-52

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Boards of Directors and Shareholder
of Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, of the companies listed in Note 1 and the related statements of income, shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the companies' managements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position at December 31, 1998 and 1997, of the companies listed in Note 1, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
January 30, 1999, except for
Note 5 as to which the date is
May 31, 1999

F-53

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------
                                                     1998        1997        1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
SALES............................................  $  711.0    $  662.7    $  427.8
                                                   --------    --------    --------
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of sales..................................     617.7       566.9       365.9
  Selling and administrative.....................      36.7        38.1        28.7
  Interest expense...............................       8.0         8.0         4.5
  Other income...................................      (1.3)       (0.8)       (0.5)
                                                   --------    --------    --------
          Total costs and expenses...............     661.1       612.2       398.6
                                                   --------    --------    --------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.........      49.9        50.5        29.2
  Provision for income taxes.....................      19.1        18.6         9.4
                                                   --------    --------    --------
NET INCOME.......................................  $   30.8    $   31.9    $   19.8
                                                   ========    ========    ========

See notes to combined financial statements

F-54

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------
                                                                1998         1997
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   12.8     $    7.1
                                                              --------     --------
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
     of $2.5 in 1998, and $2.0 in 1997......................      78.1         91.1

  Inventories:
     Raw materials..........................................      70.8         55.8
     Work-in-process and finished goods.....................      47.8         58.8
     Supplies...............................................      19.2         17.6
     LIFO reserve...........................................     (13.7)       (18.5)
                                                              --------     --------
       Net inventories......................................     124.1        113.7

  Other current assets......................................       2.6          4.5
                                                              --------     --------
     Total current assets...................................     217.6        216.4
                                                              --------     --------

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
  Land and land improvements................................      12.9          9.2
  Buildings and building equipment..........................      84.1         63.0
  Machinery and equipment...................................     344.0        302.2
  Construction in progress..................................      29.0         22.3
                                                              --------     --------
                                                                 470.0        396.7
  Accumulated depreciation..................................    (187.7)      (168.1)
                                                              --------     --------
     Net property, plant and equipment......................     282.3        228.6

OTHER ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $4.0 in
  1998 and $3.4 in 1997.....................................      31.2         27.2
                                                              --------     --------
                                                              $  531.1     $  472.2
                                                              ========     ========

See notes to combined financial statements

F-55

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------
                                                                1998         1997
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $   65.5     $   62.5
  Line of credit and current maturities of long-term debt...       9.2          4.0
  Salaries, wages and vacation pay..........................       7.6         12.9
  Income and other taxes....................................       5.7          7.0
  Other.....................................................      12.4         10.8
                                                              --------     --------
     Total current liabilities..............................     100.4         97.2

LONG-TERM DEBT..............................................     154.5        160.6

OTHER LIABILITIES:
  Pension benefits..........................................        --          1.4
  Postemployment benefit obligations........................      39.9         41.7
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      25.1         22.9
  Other.....................................................      11.8         12.5
                                                              --------     --------
     Total other liabilities................................      76.8         78.5

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common stock:
     Copperweld Corporation, $.83 1/3 par value, 6,000,000
       shares authorized; 5,757,216 issued and
       outstanding..........................................       4.8          4.8
     Copperweld Canada Inc., no par value, unlimited shares
       authorized; 44,000 issued and outstanding............        --           --
  Additional paid-in capital................................      94.8         51.8
  Retained earnings.........................................     104.3         81.2
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss:.....................      (4.5)        (1.9)
                                                              --------     --------
     Total stockholder's equity.............................     199.4        135.9
                                                              --------     --------
                                                              $  531.1     $  472.2
                                                              ========     ========

See notes to combined financial statements

F-56

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                  -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    ACCUMULATED
                                           ADDITIONAL                  OTHER
                                  COMMON    PAID-IN     RETAINED   COMPREHENSIVE
                                  STOCK     CAPITAL     EARNINGS   INCOME/(LOSS)   TOTALS
                                  ------   ----------   --------   -------------   ------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995....  $ 4.8      $ 26.8      $ 54.3       $ (3.7)      $ 82.2
  Net income....................     --          --        19.8           --         19.8
  Minimum pension liability net
     of tax (liability of
     $.3).......................     --          --          --          0.3          0.3
                                                                                   ------
     Comprehensive Income.......                                                     20.1
                                                                                   ------
  Dividends declared............     --          --       (11.2)          --        (11.2)
                                  ------     ------      ------       ------       ------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996....  $ 4.8      $ 26.8      $ 62.9       $ (3.4)      $ 91.1
  Net income....................     --          --        31.9           --         31.9
  Cumulative translation
     adjustment.................     --          --          --         (0.9)        (0.9)
  Minimum pension liability net
     of tax liability of $1.6...     --          --          --          2.4          2.4
                                                                                   ------
     Comprehensive Income.......                                                     33.4
                                                                                   ------
  Dividends declared............     --          --       (13.6)          --        (13.6)
  Capital contribution by
     parent.....................     --        25.0          --           --         25.0
                                  ------     ------      ------       ------       ------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997....  $ 4.8      $ 51.8      $ 81.2       $ (1.9)      $135.9
  Net income....................     --          --        30.8           --         30.8
  Cumulative translation
     adjustment.................     --          --          --         (2.6)        (2.6)
                                                                                   ------
     Comprehensive Income.......                                                     28.2
                                                                                   ------
  Dividends declared............     --          --        (7.7)          --         (7.7)
  Sale of subsidiary stock to
     parent net of tax liability
     of $1.0....................     --        43.0          --           --         43.0
                                  ------     ------      ------       ------       ------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998....  $ 4.8      $ 94.8      $104.3       $ (4.5)      $199.4
                                  ======     ======      ======       ======       ======

See notes to combined financial statements

F-57

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------
                                                     1998        1997        1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income.....................................  $   30.8    $   31.9    $   19.8
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
     provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization...............      22.9        19.8        12.8
     Provisions for contingent liabilities and
       asset write-downs.........................        --          --         4.9
     Deferred income taxes.......................       0.6         1.4        (1.0)
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable.........................      11.3         2.0        (2.6)
     Inventory...................................     (12.9)       (6.8)      (12.8)
     Accounts payable............................      (1.8)       (4.8)        8.9
     Other.......................................       3.1        (9.1)       (1.2)
                                                   --------    --------    --------
       Cash provided by operating activities.....      54.0        34.4        28.8

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions to property, plant and equipment.....     (83.2)      (30.8)      (10.2)
  Business acquisitions..........................      (4.6)      (98.3)         --
  Proceeds from sale of energy business and
     other.......................................       0.1         0.5         2.6
                                                   --------    --------    --------
       Cash used by investing activities.........     (87.7)     (128.6)       (7.6)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Payment of cash dividends......................      (7.7)      (13.6)      (11.2)
  Payment of indebtedness........................    (117.4)      (95.1)      (30.4)
  Proceeds from borrowings.......................     122.2       155.7        17.0
  Sale of subsidiary stock to parent, net of
     tax.........................................      43.0          --          --
  Additional investment -- parent................        --        25.0          --
  Subordinated loan -- parent....................        --        28.0          --
  Other..........................................      (0.7)        0.5
                                                   --------    --------    --------
       Cash provided (used) by financing
          activities.............................      39.4       100.5       (24.6)
                                                   --------    --------    --------

       Increase in cash and cash equivalents.....       5.7         6.3        (3.4)
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR...       7.1         0.8         4.2
                                                   --------    --------    --------
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR.........  $   12.8    $    7.1    $    0.8
                                                   ========    ========    ========

See notes to combined financial statements

F-58

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998

NOTE 1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION

The financial statements of Copperweld Corporation (the "Corporation") and Copperweld Canada Inc. ("Copperweld Canada"), (the "Companies") include the accounts of the Companies and subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions. Sales are predominantly derived from the manufacture of mechanical and structural steel tubing in the United States and Canada, with additional sales coming from the manufacture of bimetallic wire in the United States and United Kingdom. The principal markets for tubing products are the service center, automotive, agricultural, construction and industrial equipment markets, primarily in the United States and Canada. The bimetallic wire products are sold to domestic wire fabricators serving the cable television and telephone markets, and to a lesser degree European and other foreign-based wire fabricators. The Companies perform credit evaluations of their customers' financial condition and generally do not require collateral.

The Companies are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Imetal, SA (Imetal), a French holding company.

The combined financial position and combined results of operation are presented in U.S. dollars in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles governed by U.S. accounting rules.

Effective August 31, 1998, the Corporation sold 100% of the capital stock of Copperweld Canada, which was acquired on April 25, 1997, to Imetal (Note 2), the Corporation's parent company. The financial statements for 1998 are presented as "combined" financial statements, since both entities are under common control of Imetal. The effect of this combined presentation on the 1997 financial statements was not significant.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Companies' policy is to treat investments with maturities at acquisition of three months or less as cash equivalents.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Tubing products and copper inventories of U.S. operations are valued on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) cost method. Tubing products and bimetallic wire inventories of Canadian and

F-59

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

United Kingdom operations (Note 2) are valued on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. Other inventories are valued at average cost, or standard cost which approximates average cost.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives of five to forty years for land improvements, three to forty years for buildings and building equipment and three to thirty years for machinery and equipment.

INTANGIBLES AND OTHER ASSETS

The long-term other asset balance amounted to $31.2 million in 1998, and $27.2 million in 1997. Of these balances, Goodwill represents $19.2 million and $16.2 million net of accumulated amortization of $1.5 million and $.6 million for fiscal years 1998 and 1997 respectively. Goodwill, representing the excess of cost over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses, is stated at cost and amortized to expense on a straight line basis over a period of 20 years. On an ongoing basis, when there are indicators of impairment such as recurring losses, the Companies evaluate the carrying value of intangibles resulting from business acquisitions. There has been no impairment for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Product sales are recorded at the time of shipment.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The assets and liabilities of Copperweld Canada and the Corporation's United Kingdom operation, Sayton Fine Wire Division are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates (the functional currencies are the Canadian dollar and the pound sterling, respectively). Revenue and expense accounts of these operations are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. These translation adjustments are accumulated in a separate component of stockholder's equity and included in other comprehensive loss.

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in determining net income for the year in which the exchange rate changes.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING

During 1998, SOP 98-1, Capitalization of Internal Use Software, was early adopted. The effect of this accounting change was to increase pretax income by approximately $1.1 million.

F-60

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
133 "Accounting for Derivative instruments and Hedging Activities" which requires all derivatives to be recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and be measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives will be recognized in net income unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. The Companies intend to adopt this statement in 2000 and it is not expected to have a material impact on the Companies' financial statements.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

During 1998, the Corporation adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income. This standard changes the manner in which the elements of comprehensive income (minimum pension liability and foreign currency translations) are displayed in the financial statements. The 1997 and 1996 amounts have been restated to comply with this standard.

NOTE 2. ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURE

On April 25, 1997, the Corporation acquired Ferrum Inc., subsequently renamed Copperweld Canada Inc., a tubing manufacturing operation located in Canada, and The Tube and Steel Company of America (TASCOA), a related United States distribution company. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting; and accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired company are included in the combined financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Total consideration amounted to $98.4 million in cash and liabilities assumed. Assets and liabilities acquired were adjusted to estimated fair market value. The excess of the purchase price of $16.3 million is primarily classified as goodwill and is being amortized over 20 years.

A portion of the acquisition cost was financed through a $25.0 million capital contribution and a $27.8 million convertible unsecured note from Imetal.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the acquisitions as if they had occurred on January 1, 1996 (dollars in millions).

                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                             ----------------------
                               1997         1996
                             ---------    ---------
Sales and revenues.........  $  764.8     $  719.1
Net income.................      34.7         22.7

The above amounts are based upon certain assumptions and estimates which the Companies believe are reasonable. The pro forma results do not necessarily represent results which would have occurred if the acquisitions had taken place at the date and on the basis assumed above.

Effective August 31, 1998, Imetal acquired 100% of the capital stock of Copperweld Canada for $44.0 million from the Corporation. Since both entities are under common control, no gain was recognized for financial statement purposes. Instead, the proceeds

F-61

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

received of ($44 million), net of income taxes $1.0 million were treated as a contribution of capital. Cash proceeds from the sale were utilized to pay down debt incurred during the original acquisition of Copperweld Canada by the Corporation. Although no longer the legal owner, the Corporation retains management responsibility for Copperweld Canada.

On March 31, 1998, the Corporation purchased the assets of PVH Copperply, in the United Kingdom, for $1.2 million. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting; and accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired company are included in the combined financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Substantially all of the purchase was allocated to goodwill ($1.0 million) and is being amortized over 20 years.

On July 1, 1998, the Corporation purchased 90% of the capital stock of Sayton Fine Wires Limited, located in Telford, England, for $3.3 million. The 90% net assets interest, at the time of purchase was valued at $.7 million. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting; and accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired company are included in the combined financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Goodwill in the amount of $2.9 million, resulting from the acquisition, is being amortized over 20 years.

NOTE 3. INVENTORIES

Inventories at December 31, 1998 and 1997, valued on the basis set forth in Note 1, were as follows (dollars in millions):

                                                   1998        1997
                                                 --------    --------
LIFO method....................................  $   52.2    $   59.3
FIFO and average cost method...................      71.9        54.4
                                                 --------    --------
  Net inventories..............................  $  124.1    $  113.7
                                                 ========    ========

NOTE 4. LINE OF CREDIT

During 1996, the Corporation entered into an uncommitted, unsecured revolving credit agreement with a bank that provides for demand loans, term loans or letters of credit of up to $10 million. Demand loans bear interest at the bank's prime rate and may be repaid at the option of the Corporation or upon demand of the bank. Term loans bear interest at the bank's cost of funds rate plus .25%, and can have maturities ranging from overnight to 90 days. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, there were $6.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of term loans outstanding.

F-62

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at December 31, 1998 and 1997, excluding the line of credit and current maturities, is summarized by type of borrowing as follows (dollars in millions):

                                                   1998        1997
                                                 --------    --------
Bank Debt Agreement, variable interest rates,
payable 1999 through 2002......................  $  128.4    $  132.5
Convertible unsecured subordinated
  note-parent..................................      26.1        28.1
                                                 --------    --------
Long-term debt.................................  $  154.5    $  160.6
                                                 ========    ========

PAYMENTS

The annual maturities through the year 2007 on long-term debt outstanding, including debt classified as current maturities, at December 31, 1998, are as follows: 1999 -- $9.2 million; 2002 -- $128.4 million; 2007 -- $26.1 million.

BANK DEBT AGREEMENT

On April 25, 1997, in connection with the acquisition of Copperweld Canada and the related U.S. distribution company, the Companies entered into the Agreement with a group of banks which provides for loans up to a maximum of $180.0 million through May 27, 2002. The Agreement provides for a Tranche A facility and a Tranche B facility.

The Tranche A facility provides for loans of up to $100.0 million, with a $5.0 million reduction on May 27, 1999, a $5.0 million reduction on May 27, 2000, a $10.0 million reduction on May 27, 2001, and a withdrawal of the commitment on May 27, 2002. Loans under this facility may be repaid and re-borrowed subject to the commitment available. As of December 31, 1998, there were $49.2 million of Tranche A loans outstanding. Under the Tranche A facility, the Companies may select from various published interest rate indices as defined by the Agreement, to which a premium of between .45% and .70% is added based upon the attainment of certain financial ratios. At December 31, 1998, the average interest rate on outstanding borrowings, including the premium and reduced by the effect of certain interest exchange agreements, was 5.98%.

The Tranche B facility provides for loans of up to $80.0 million which are subject to renewal by the banks no later than sixteen months prior to the Tranche B maturity date then in effect, and a final maturity on May 27, 2002. Loans under this facility may be repaid and re-borrowed subject to the commitment available. As of December 31, 1998, there were $79.2 million of Tranche B loans outstanding. Under the Tranche B facility, the Companies may select from various published interest rate indices as defined by the Agreement, to which a premium of between .30% and .55% is added based upon the attainment of certain financial ratios. At December 31, 1998, the average interest rate on outstanding borrowings, including the premium and reduced by the effect of certain interest exchange agreements, was 6.04%.

F-63

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Companies are required to pay commitment fees of .20% per annum on the unused portion of the Tranche A facility, and .15% per annum on the unused portion of the Tranche B facility.

The Agreement is not secured by any of the assets of the Companies, but does prohibit the Companies from pledging their assets to any third party. The Agreement contains restrictive financial covenants including the maintenance of fixed charge coverage, minimum net worth and debt-to-net worth ratios.

On January 10, 1999, the Corporation became an Additional Borrower in a Facility Agreement between Imetal, S.A., Scentcount Limited, Societe Generale (Paris) and Societe Generale, London Branch. This Facility was used to refinance existing debt of Tranche A and B. The Facility provides for four separate Tranches, and the Company is authorized to borrow under the Tranche 2 Facility, which has a total commitment of 595 million Euros, and which has a final maturity of January 10, 2004.

Loans under this Facility may be repaid and re-borrowed subject to the commitment available. Under the Tranche 2 Facility, the Corporation may borrow at the LIBOR rate plus a margin of between .40% and 1.25%, based on the attainment by Imetal of certain financial ratios.

The Corporation has irrevocably, unconditionally, jointly and severally guaranteed the obligations of each other Obligor of the Facility.

During May 1999, Copperweld Canada began to borrow directly from Imetal and repaid all amounts outstanding, as of May 31, 1999, on Tranche A and B loans. Copperweld Canada borrows at the LIBOR rate plus a margin of between .45% and 1.30%.

CONVERTIBLE UNSECURED SUBORDINATED NOTE -- PARENT

In connection with the acquisition of the Canadian tube manufacturing operations (April 25, 1997) by the Corporation, Copperweld Canada entered into a Convertible Unsecured Subordinated Note Agreement with Imetal for $26.1 million. The note is due in its entirety on June 30, 2007, bears interest at the rate of 7.80%, is convertible to common stock of Copperweld Canada at any time upon notice by Imetal, and is subordinated to the Companies' bank debt.

NOTE 6. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

INTEREST EXCHANGE AGREEMENTS

As of December 31, 1998, the Companies had three interest exchange (swap) agreements in effect, which fixed the interest rate on certain loans, made under the Agreement. A fixed rate of 5.19%, before premium, was set on $5.0 million of loans effective December 15, 1995, and continuing until December 15, 2000. A fixed rate of 5.135%, before premium, was set on $15.0 million of loans effective February 2, 1998, and continuing until February 2, 1999. A fixed rate of 4.98%, before premium, was set on $65 million of loans effective February 11, 1998, and continuing until February 11, 1999.

F-64

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

FORWARD CURRENCY SALES CONTRACTS

To protect against the reduction in value of foreign currency cash flows, Copperweld Canada entered into forward currency sales contracts to hedge a portion of its anticipated export sales in U.S. dollars over the ensuing twelve months. At December 31, 1998, there were no forward currency sales contracts outstanding. At December 31, 1997, the contract value of forward currency sales contracts was $60.5 million, and a loss of $2.1 million was recorded during 1997 to reflect the change in current market rates. Under the Corporation's current accounting policies, the forward contracts do not qualify as hedges for financial reporting purposes and accordingly the net difference between the contract value and the current market value was recorded in the combined balance sheets, with gains or losses caused by changes in current market rates reflected directly in income.

NOTE 7. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS

The Companies adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, Employees' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, as of January 1, 1998. Disclosures for 1997 and 1996 have been restated to conform to current year presentations.

The Companies have several trusteed defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all employees. Plan assets primarily include marketable debt and equity securities. Plans covering union represented and non-represented personnel generally provide benefits using a formula that is based upon employee compensation. In addition to providing pension benefits, the Companies provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees and their dependents. The cost of these postretirement benefits is recognized by the Companies during the employees' years of service.

F-65

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The following tables set forth the change in benefit obligation, the change in plan assets, funded status and amounts recognized in the combined balance sheets of the pension and other postretirement benefits as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 (dollars in millions):

                                                                        OTHER
                                         PENSION BENEFITS      POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
                                       --------------------    ------------------------
                                         1998        1997         1998          1997
                                       --------    --------    ----------    ----------
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION:
  Benefit obligation at beginning of
     year............................  $  144.9    $  133.4     $   38.8      $   41.5
     Service cost....................       4.2         3.5           .8            .9
     Interest cost...................       9.7         8.8          2.6           2.5
     Participant contributions.......        .1          --           --            --
     Plan amendments.................        .3          --           --          (1.8)
     Exchange rate changes...........      (2.6)        (.8)         (.7)          (.4)
     Curtailment (gain) or loss......        --          --           --          (3.3)
     Benefits paid...................      (7.5)       (6.8)        (1.9)         (1.8)
     Actuarial (gain) or loss........       5.5         6.8          1.0           1.1
                                       --------    --------     --------      --------
  Benefit obligation at end of
     year............................  $  154.6    $  144.9     $   40.6      $   38.7

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
  Fair value of plan assets at
     beginning of year...............  $  138.5    $  120.0     $     --      $     --
     Actual return on plan assets....      24.1        21.4           --            --
     Employer contributions..........       7.1         5.5          1.9           1.8
     Participant contributions.......        .1          .1           --            --
     Benefits paid...................      (7.5)       (6.8)        (1.9)         (1.8)
     Administrative expenses.........      (1.2)        (.6)          --            --
     Exchange rate changes...........      (2.7)       (1.0)          --            --
                                       --------    --------     --------      --------
  Fair value of plan assets at end of
     year............................  $  158.4    $  138.6     $     --      $     --

RECONCILIATION OF FUNDED STATUS:
  Funded status......................  $    3.8    $   (6.3)    $  (40.6)     $  (38.7)
  Unrecognized actuarial (gain) or
     loss............................      (2.0)        3.3          3.3           2.3
  Unrecognized transition (asset) or
     obligation......................      (1.5)       (1.9)          --            --
  Unrecognized prior service cost....       5.4         5.7         (2.6)         (3.1)
  Other..............................        --          --           --          (2.2)
                                       --------    --------     --------      --------
          Net amount recognized at
            year-end.................  $    5.7    $     .8     $  (39.9)     $  (41.7)
                                       ========    ========     ========      ========

F-66

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                        OTHER
                                         PENSION BENEFITS      POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
                                       --------------------    ------------------------
                                         1998        1997         1998          1997
                                       --------    --------    ----------    ----------
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE COMBINED
BALANCE SHEETS CONSIST OF:
     Prepaid benefit cost............  $    8.5    $    2.0     $     --      $     --
     Accrued benefit liability.......      (5.0)       (7.8)       (39.9)        (41.7)
     Intangible asset................       0.2         4.7           --            --
     Accumulated other comprehensive
       income........................       2.0         1.9           --            --
                                       --------    --------     --------      --------
          Net amount recognized at
            year-end.................  $    5.7    $     .8     $  (39.9)     $  (41.7)
                                       ========    ========     ========      ========
Other comprehensive income
  attributable to change in
  additional minimum liability
  recognition........................  $     .1    $    4.0

                                              PENSION BENEFITS
                                            --------------------
                                              1998        1997
                                            --------    --------
ADDITIONAL YEAR-END INFORMATION FOR
PENSION PLANS WITH ACCUMULATED BENEFIT
OBLIGATIONS IN EXCESS OF PLAN ASSETS:
     Projected benefit obligation.........  $   36.6    $   49.0
     Accumulated benefit obligation.......      34.0        47.5
     Fair value of plan assets............      30.4        42.3

The following table summarizes the benefit costs and the assumptions used in calculating these costs (dollars in millions):

                                        PENSION BENEFITS          OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
                                   ---------------------------    ------------------------------
                                    1998      1997      1996        1998       1997       1996
                                   -------   -------   -------    --------   --------   --------
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC
  BENEFIT COST:
Service cost.....................  $   4.2   $   3.5   $   2.9    $   0.8    $   0.9    $   0.7
  Interest cost..................      9.7       8.8       6.8        2.6        2.5        2.1
  Expected return on plan
    assets.......................    (12.1)     (9.5)     (7.2)        --         --         --
    Amortization of prior service
      cost.......................      0.6       0.6       0.6       (0.4)      (0.4)      (0.3)
  Amortization of transitional
    (asset) or obligation........     (0.4)     (0.4)     (0.4)        --         --         --
  Recognized actuarial (gain) or
    loss.........................      0.1       0.2       0.4       (0.1)      (0.1)        --
                                   -------   -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
         Net periodic benefit
           cost..................  $   2.1   $   3.2   $   3.1    $   2.9    $   2.9    $   2.5

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS AS
  OF DECEMBER 31:
Discount rate....................     6.25%-    7.00%     7.25%      6.25%-     6.25%-     7.25%
                                      6.75%                          6.75%      7.00%
Expected long-term rate of return
  on plan assets.................     8.00%-    8.00%-    9.50%       N/A        N/A       7.25%
                                      9.50%     9.50%
Rate of compensation increase....     4.00%-    4.50%-    6.00%      6.00%      6.00%      6.00%
                                      5.50%     5.50%

F-67

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

For measurement purposes, an 8.5% - 9.0% annual rate of increase for non-medicare eligible employees, and a 6.5% annual rate of increase for Medicare eligible employees on the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 1998. The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 4.0% - 5.5% for 2004 and remain at that level thereafter.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plan. A one percentage change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

                                                               INCREASE (DECREASE)
                                                         --------------------------------
                                                         ONE PERCENTAGE    ONE PERCENTAGE
                                                         POINT INCREASE    POINT DECREASE
                                                         --------------    --------------
Effect on total service and interest cost components
for 1998...............................................     $    0.3          $   (0.2)
Effect on year end 1998 postretirement benefit
  obligation...........................................          2.7              (2.3)

NOTE 8. INCOME TAXES

The composition of the Companies' income tax expense and the reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate are presented below (dollars in millions):

                                                            1998     1997     1996
                                                            -----    -----    ----
Income tax expense (benefit):
  Current: Federal........................................  $15.6    $13.3    $8.5
            State and provincial..........................    2.9      3.9     1.8
                                                            -----    -----    ----
                                                             18.5     17.2    10.3
  Deferred: Federal, state and provincial.................     .6      1.4    (0.9)
                                                            -----    -----    ----
     Provision for income taxes...........................  $19.1    $18.6    $9.4
                                                            =====    =====    ====
U.S. Federal statutory rate...............................   35.0%    35.0%   35.0%
State and Provincial tax, net of federal tax benefit......    3.1      5.0     4.1
Reduction of excess federal tax accrual...................    0.0     (1.4)   (6.8)
Other.....................................................     .1     (1.8)    (.2)
                                                            -----    -----    ----
  Effective tax rate......................................   38.2%    36.8%   32.1%
                                                            =====    =====    ====

F-68

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Significant components of the Companies' deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 are summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

                                                              1998     1997
                                                              -----    -----
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Excess of book basis over tax basis for fixed assets......  $43.5    $44.6
  Excess of pension fund contributions over financial
     statement expense......................................    5.4      3.9
                                                              -----    -----
                                                               48.9     48.5
Deferred tax assets:
  Financial statement accruals relating to:
     Retirement benefits....................................   14.4     14.6
     Deferred compensation..................................    2.1      2.0
     Contingent liabilities and asset write-downs...........    3.8      4.2
     Other..................................................    3.5      4.8
                                                              -----    -----
                                                               23.8     25.6
                                                              -----    -----
Deferred income taxes.......................................  $25.1    $22.9
                                                              =====    =====

F-69

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 9. OPERATING LEASES

The Companies are obligated under terms on noncancelable operating leases for future minimum rentals on certain operating equipment and buildings. Total expense recognized under these operating leases was $4.1 million; $3.5 million, and $4.5 million during the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and future commitments were as follows for the years ending on December 31 (dollars in millions):

                                                          1998
                                                          -----
1999....................................................  $ 4.0
2000....................................................    3.3
2001....................................................    2.8
2002....................................................    2.6
2003....................................................    2.4
Thereafter..............................................   10.0

NOTE 10. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

CSC BANKRUPTCY

On November 22, 1993, CSC Industries, Inc. (CSC) (a former affiliate of the Corporation) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Copperweld Steel Company, announced that they had filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. CSC emerged from bankruptcy on September 28, 1995, however, certain claims against the Corporation regarding workers' compensation continue to be pursued by a third party, as noted below. The outcome of this matter is not certain at this time, however, management does not expect that any potential loss would be significant to the Corporation's financial statements.

CSC WORKERS' COMPENSATION

During the period 1973 to 1987, under the Corporation's ownership of CSC, CSC workers' compensation claims were covered under a self-insurance program, for which the Corporation had provided certain financial guarantees. During 1995, CSC ceased making payments for workers' compensation claims incurred during the period preceding its bankruptcy in 1993. As a result, during 1996, the Corporation's insurance carriers were requested by the Ohio Bureau of Workers' Compensation (OBWC) to honor their surety bonds for the continuing self-insured claims liability. During 1996, the Corporation recorded a liability of approximately $3.7 million (included in selling and administrative expenses) to reflect management's estimate of the amount necessary to settle these claims. During 1997, one insurance carrier filed a Proof of Claim against the bankrupt estate of CSC in U.S. Bankruptcy Court. This case was disallowed by the Court upon the finding that the OBWC had settled and released all of its claims against the Liquidation Trustee as successor to CSC, although the ruling does not preclude the OBWC from pursuing its claim outside of the Bankruptcy Court's jurisdiction. At this time no direct claim or threat has been made by OBWC against the Corporation. Management believes that no additional material liabilities will be incurred by the Corporation related to this matter, beyond the amount recorded in 1996.

F-70

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

OTHER

In 1987, the Corporation permanently ceased operations at one of its divisions and sold its assets. In connection with the sale, the Corporation guaranteed $5.7 million of the acquirer's debt (due in 2012). The principal portion of this obligation has been defeased through the purchase of a municipal bond that was placed in an escrow fund. In addition, the Corporation retained a security interest in the fixed assets of the acquirer in connection with the guarantee. The amount of loss, if any, in the event that the Corporation's guarantee is called upon, would be limited to the after-tax amount by which the loan balance exceeds the related collateral value. In 1993, the Corporation recorded a reserve in its financial statements of $1.5 million on a pretax basis as an estimate of its net exposure in the event the Corporation's guarantee is called upon. The reserve amount continues to be carried in the Corporation's consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1998.

NOTE 11. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts of financial instruments reported in the combined balance sheets approximate fair values.

NOTE 12. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Companies operate in two reportable segments consisting of Tubing and Bimetallics. Tubing manufactures and sells a diversified line of steel tubing products used in the automotive, agricultural and industrial equipment, fluid power, construction, recreation and office furniture markets. Bimetallics manufactures and sells copper-clad aluminum and copper-clad steel wire, rod and strand used in the telecommunications (primarily cable television and telephone) and utility industries.

Copperweld's reportable segments are strategic business units grouped by similar products, technologies and manufacturing processes. Segments are managed separately because each serves a different market and group of customers. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting

F-71

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

policies. Segment performance is measured on pretax profit or loss from operations (dollars in millions):

                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                    -----------------------------------
                                                     TUBING     BIMETALLICS     TOTAL
                                                    --------    -----------    --------
Trade sales.......................................  $  619.4      $  91.6      $  711.0
Interest and other income.........................       1.1          0.2           1.3
Interest expense..................................      (7.3)        (0.7)         (8.0)
Segment income before taxes.......................      37.1         12.8          49.9
Segment assets....................................     489.9         59.0         548.9
Capital expenditures..............................      71.0         12.2          83.2
Depreciation and amortization.....................      20.6          2.3          22.9

Assets
  Total assets for reportable segments............                                548.9
Intersegment eliminations.........................                                (17.8)
                                                                               --------
  Consolidated Total..............................                             $  531.1
                                                                               ========

                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                   -----------------------------------
                                                    TUBING     BIMETALLICS     TOTAL
                                                   --------    -----------    --------
Trade Sales......................................  $  559.0     $  103.7      $  662.7
Interest and other income........................       0.5          0.3           0.8
Interest expense.................................      (7.2)        (0.8)         (8.0)
Segment income before taxes......................      33.5         17.0          50.5
Segment assets...................................     431.1         41.2         472.3
Capital expenditures.............................      27.2          3.6          30.8
Depreciation and amortization....................      18.0          1.8          19.8

Assets
  Total assets for reportable segments...........                                472.3
Intersegment eliminations........................                                 (0.1)
                                                                              --------
  Consolidated Total.............................                             $  472.2
                                                                              ========

                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                      -------------------------------
                                                      TUBING    BIMETALLICS    TOTAL
                                                      ------    -----------    ------
Trade sales.........................................  $328.4       $99.4       $427.8
Interest and other income...........................     0.2         0.3          0.5
Interest expense....................................    (4.0)       (0.5)        (4.5)
Segment income before taxes.........................    13.6        15.6         29.2
Segment assets......................................   228.0        37.1        265.1
Capital expenditures................................     9.1         1.1         10.2
Depreciation and amortization.......................    11.1         1.7         12.8

Assets
  Total assets for reportable segments and
     consolidated total.............................                           $265.1
                                                                               ======

F-72

COPPERWELD CORPORATION AND COPPERWELD CANADA INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

                               1998                     1997                     1996
                       ---------------------    ---------------------    ---------------------
                                  LONG-LIVED               LONG-LIVED               LONG-LIVED
                       REVENUES     ASSETS      REVENUES     ASSETS      REVENUES     ASSETS
                       --------   ----------    --------   ----------    --------   ----------
United States........  $  441.4    $  226.0     $  498.4    $  168.2     $  427.8    $  144.6
Canada...............     269.6        87.5        164.3        87.6            0           0
                       --------    --------     --------    --------     --------    --------
                       $  711.0    $  313.5     $  662.7    $  255.8     $  427.8    $  144.6
                       ========    ========     ========    ========     ========    ========

NOTE 13. OTHER INFORMATION

SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME

Supplemental income and cash flow information relating to operations for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 is as follows (dollars in millions):

                                                               1998       1997       1996
                                                             --------   --------   --------
Capitalized interest.......................................  $    1.7   $    0.2   $    0.1
Interest paid..............................................  $   11.2   $    7.1   $    4.3
Income taxes paid..........................................  $   18.1   $   15.7   $   11.4

NOTE 14. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, were not presented because the information would not be meaningful to the users of the combined financial statements due to the nature of the capital structure of the Companies.

F-73

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

BALANCE SHEET
(UNAUDITED)

                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30
                                                                      1999
                                                              ---------------------
                                                              (In Thousands, Except
                                                               Share Information)
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash......................................................        $     40
  Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $344.......................................          12,945
  Inventories...............................................          31,363
  Refundable income taxes from affiliate....................           1,026
  Prepaid expenses..........................................           3,036
                                                                    --------
          Total current assets..............................          48,410
Property, plant and equipment...............................         127,788
Less allowance for depreciation and amortization............         (22,432)
                                                                    --------
          Total property, plant and equipment...............         105,356
Note receivable from employee...............................             300
Patent, net of accumulated amortization of $600.............           4,866
                                                                    --------
                                                                    $158,932
                                                                    ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable..........................................        $ 16,363
  Line of credit............................................           5,000
  Accrued expenses..........................................           4,010
  Deferred income taxes.....................................           3,134
  Capital leases............................................           2,774
                                                                    --------
          Total current liabilities.........................          31,281
Due to affiliates -- net....................................          50,336
Deferred income taxes.......................................           7,835
Other.......................................................             706
                                                                    --------
                                                                      58,877
Shareholder's equity
  Common stock; $1 par value; 1,000 shares authorized,
     issued, and outstanding................................               1
  Additional paid-in capital................................          33,429
  Retained earnings.........................................          35,344
                                                                    --------
          Total shareholder's equity........................          68,774
                                                                    --------
          Total liabilities and shareholder's equity........        $158,932
                                                                    ========

See accompanying notes.

F-74

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS
(UNAUDITED)

                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1999       1998
                                                              -------    -------
                                                                (In Thousands)
Net sales...................................................  $33,228    $36,350
Cost of products sold.......................................   30,122     30,177
                                                              -------    -------
Gross margin................................................    3,106      6,173
Selling, general, and administrative expenses...............    4,295      4,027
Start-up expenses for Portland facility.....................                 746
Goodwill amortization.......................................                 209
                                                              -------    -------
  Income (loss) from operations.............................   (1,189)     1,191
Other income (expense):
  Interest and other income.................................        8          8
  Interest expense..........................................     (780)      (123)
  Interest income -- Affiliates.............................      139         50
                                                              -------    -------
          Total other expense...............................     (633)       (65)
                                                              -------    -------
Income (loss) before income taxes...........................   (1,822)     1,126
Income tax (benefit) provision..............................     (712)       614
                                                              -------    -------
Net income (loss)...........................................   (1,110)       512
Retained earnings at beginning of period....................   36,454     35,501
                                                              -------    -------
Retained earnings at end of period..........................  $35,344    $36,013
                                                              =======    =======

See accompanying notes.

F-75

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)

                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1999       1998
                                                              -------    -------
                                                                (In Thousands)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES.........   1,827        (44)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of plant and equipment............................  (2,728)    (2,820)
                                                              ------     ------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................  (2,728)    (2,820)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Increase in amounts due to affiliates.......................  (1,113)     2,893
Borrowings on line of credit................................   2,000        250
Payments on capital lease obligations.......................    (238)      (304)
                                                              ------     ------
Net cash provided by financing activities...................     649      2,839
                                                              ------     ------
Net decrease in cash........................................    (252)       (25)
Cash at beginning of period.................................     292        409
                                                              ------     ------
Cash at end of period.......................................  $   40     $  384
                                                              ======     ======

See accompanying notes.

F-76

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

(UNAUDITED)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

On October 1, 1999, The LTV Corporation acquired all of the capital stock of Welded Tube Holdings, Inc. (formerly ANI America Holdings, Inc.) for a cash purchase price of $113.5 million subject to certain working capital adjustments. The assets of Welded Tube Holdings, Inc. consisted of its investment in its wholly owned subsidiary, Welded Tube Co. of America, (the "Company"), and a patent used by the Company.

The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do no include all of the information and disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. All adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation have been made and are of a recurring nature unless otherwise disclosed herein. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for a full year.

2. INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1999
                                                        -------------
Raw materials.........................................     $16,661
Work-in-process and finished goods....................      12,331
Supplies..............................................       2,371
                                                           -------
                                                           $31,363
                                                           =======

The September 30, 1999 LIFO value of inventories approximates the FIFO cost of inventories.

3. LINE OF CREDIT

The Company had $5,000 borrowed under a $5,000 unsecured line-of-credit facility from a bank that expired on September 30, 1999. Borrowings were due on demand, were guaranteed by Smorgon Steel Group Limited, and bore interest, at the Company's option, at the bank's base rate (8.25% at September 30, 1999) or a fixed rate equal to the Eurodollar rate (5.41% at September 30, 1999) plus 0.35%. The average borrowing rate during the three months ended September 30, 1999 was 8.2%. All borrowings under the line of credit were repaid concurrent with The LTV Corporation transaction on October 1, 1999.

F-77

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

At September 30, 1999 the Company had interest bearing and non-interest-bearing advances of $45,033 and $13,402, respectively, from affiliates. The Company capitalized $353 of such interest during the three months ended September 30, 1998. No interest was capitalized in the three months ended September 30, 1999. The Company also has a receivable from an affiliate of $8,099 at September 30, 1999 bearing interest at 7%. All advances to/from affiliates were repaid concurrent with The LTV Corporation transaction on October 1, 1999.

The Company was charged management fees from two of its affiliates for certain administrative services performed on behalf of the Company. The total amount of management fees charges to the Company during the three months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 were $242 and $408, respectively.

Approximately $184 and $207 of the Company's net sales during the three months ended September 30, 1999, and 1998, respectively, were made to an affiliated entity.

F-78

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors

Welded Tube Co. of America

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Welded Tube Co. of America as of June 30, 1999, and the related statements of operations and retained earnings and of cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Welded Tube Co. of America at June 30, 1999, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Ernst & Young LLP

Cleveland, Ohio

December 10, 1999

F-79

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA
BALANCE SHEET

                                                                    JUNE 30, 1999
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                              EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash......................................................          $     292
  Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $254.......................................             13,606
  Inventories...............................................             26,400
  Refundable income taxes from affiliate....................              1,082
  Prepaid expenses..........................................              1,072
                                                                      ---------
          Total current assets..............................             42,452
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
  Land......................................................              3,323
  Buildings and improvements................................             24,560
  Machinery and equipment...................................             51,584
  Office equipment..........................................              3,316
  Construction in progress..................................             41,633
                                                                      ---------
                                                                        124,416
  Less allowances for depreciation and amortization.........             21,428
                                                                      ---------
  Property, plant and equipment -- net......................            102,988
OTHER ASSETS:
  Patent, net of accumulated amortization of $388...........              5,077
  Notes receivable from employee............................                300
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      $ 150,817
                                                                      =========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..........................................          $  10,910
  Line of credit............................................              3,000
  Accrued expenses..........................................              3,490
  Deferred income taxes.....................................              3,134
  Capital leases............................................              3,012
                                                                      ---------
          Total current liabilities.........................             23,546
Due to affiliates -- net....................................             48,847
Deferred income taxes.......................................              7,835
Other.......................................................                705
                                                                      ---------
                                                                         57,387
SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common stock -- $1 par value; 1,000 shares authorized,
     issued, and outstanding................................                  1
  Additional paid-in capital................................             33,429
  Retained earnings.........................................             36,454
                                                                      ---------
          Total shareholder's equity........................             69,884
                                                                      ---------
          Total liabilities and shareholder's equity........          $ 150,817
                                                                      =========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-80

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS

                                                                      YEAR ENDED
                                                                    JUNE 30, 1999
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Net sales...................................................           $131,632
Cost of products sold.......................................            110,897
                                                                       --------
Gross margin................................................             20,735
Selling, general, and administrative expenses...............             15,493
Start-up expenses for Portland facility.....................              3,245
Goodwill amortization -- July 1, 1998 to January 14, 1999...                417
                                                                       --------
Income from operations......................................              1,580
Other income (expense):
  Interest income -- Affiliates.............................                527
  Interest expense on line of credit........................               (553)
  Interest and other income.................................                402
                                                                       --------
          Total other income (expense)......................                376
                                                                       --------
Income before income taxes..................................              1,956
Provision for income taxes..................................              1,003
                                                                       --------
Net income..................................................                953
Retained earnings at July 1, 1998...........................             35,501
                                                                       --------
Retained earnings at June 30, 1999..........................           $ 36,454
                                                                       ========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-81

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                      YEAR ENDED
                                                                    JUNE 30, 1999
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income..................................................           $   953
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation..............................................             3,151
  Amortization..............................................             1,263
  Deferred income taxes.....................................               485
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Trade accounts receivable..............................               661
     Inventories............................................             2,515
     Prepaid expenses.......................................              (728)
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................            (1,940)
                                                                       -------
Net cash provided by operating activities...................             6,360
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of plant and equipment, primarily Portland
  facility..................................................           (24,061)
Proceeds from sale of land..................................             1,937
                                                                       -------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................           (22,124)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Increase in amount due to affiliates........................            16,415
Borrowings on line of credit................................               500
Payments on capital lease obligations.......................            (1,269)
                                                                       -------
Net cash provided by financing activities...................            15,646
                                                                       -------
Net decrease in cash........................................              (118)
Cash at July 1, 1998........................................               410
                                                                       -------
Cash at June 30, 1999.......................................           $   292
                                                                       =======

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-82

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

JUNE 30, 1999

(All dollar amounts are in thousands)

NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The Company manufactures structural steel tubing at its primary facility located in Chicago, Illinois. The Company's customers, including distributors and contractors, are located primarily within the United States. In 1998, the Company began construction of another manufacturing facility in Portland, Oregon. On July 15, 1999, the new Portland facility commenced operations. Non-capitalizable supplies, overhead, indirect labor and other expenses incurred during the Portland facility construction period have been expensed in the 1999 statement of operations.

During the period from July 1, 1998 to January 13, 1999, the Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of ANI America Holdings, Inc., which is a subsidiary of Australian National Industries Limited, which is incorporated in Australia. On January 14, 1999, Smorgon Steel Group Limited (Smorgon), also incorporated in Australia, acquired for cash all of the capital stock of Australia National Industries Limited.

Smorgon allocated the purchase price to the fair value of the Company's tangible assets, a proprietary patent relating to the Company's production process and the Company's liabilities. No goodwill was recorded related to the transaction. Management believes the January 14, 1999 recorded values of the Company's tangible assets, patent and liabilities approximated the respective fair values, except for inventories, which were written-up by $2,619. Accordingly, the recorded historical values of the Company, except inventories, have not been adjusted.

During the period from July 1, 1998 through January 14, 1999, the Company recorded $417 of amortization of goodwill (40 year useful life) pertaining to the 1995 acquisition of the Company's capital stock by ANI America Holdings, Inc.

On October 1, 1999, The LTV Corporation acquired all of the capital stock of Welded Tube Holdings, Inc., formerly ANI America Holdings, Inc., for a cash purchase price of $113.5 million, subject to certain working capital adjustments, which consisted of its investment in its wholly owned subsidiary, Welded Tube Co. of America (the "Company"), and a patent used by the Company.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-83

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, 1999

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. The Company sells to a large number of customers within the steel industry. Credit evaluations are ongoing and collateral or other security is generally not required on trade accounts receivable. An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level management believes is sufficient to cover potential credit losses.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The Company relies on several key vendors to supply its primary raw material needs. There are several manufacturers who are capable of supplying these needs, and management of the Company believes that raw material suppliers are easily interchangeable on comparable terms. However, abrupt changes in the supply flow could cause delays in manufacturing, which could result in the Company's inability to meet scheduled sales commitments or could result in the loss of sales, which would adversely affect the Company's operating results.

Approximately two-thirds of the Company's workforce (which represents substantially all of the Company's direct labor) is subject to a collective bargaining agreement with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters Local No. 714 that expires in February 2002.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined primarily by the "last-in, first-out" ("LIFO") method. Other inventories are valued on a "first-in, first-out" ("FIFO") basis.

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Property, plant and equipment additions are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives (ranging from 3 to 5 years for light equipment, 10 to 20 years for heavy equipment and 10 to 40 years for buildings). All leasehold improvements, which are included in the "buildings and improvements" caption of the balance sheet, are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the relevant leases. Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

The ongoing value and remaining useful life of long-lived assets, including the property, plant, and equipment and patent, are subject to periodic evaluation for impairment, and the Company currently expects the carrying amounts to be fully recoverable. If events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired, an undiscounted cash flows methodology would be used to determine whether an impairment loss should be recognized.

F-84

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, 1999

The patent used by the Company is being amortized over its remaining life through 2005.

INCOME TAXES

The Company's operations were included in the consolidated income tax returns filed by its parent, ANI America Holdings, Inc. The provision for income taxes is based on earnings reported in these financial statements and assumes that the Company filed a separate income tax return. Amounts for income taxes were paid to the parent company.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined by applying currently enacted tax laws and rates to the cumulative temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. Deferred income tax provision or benefit is measured by the net change in deferred income tax asset and liability accounts during the year.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue is recognized when products are shipped to customers.

ADVERTISING COSTS

The Company charges the cost of advertising ($109 in 1999) to expense in the year it is incurred.

NOTE 3. INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following at June 30, 1999:

Raw materials..............................    $10,763
Work-in-process and finished goods.........     13,472
Supplies...................................      2,165
                                               -------
                                               $26,400
                                               =======

The June 30, 1999 LIFO value of inventories approximates the FIFO cost of inventories.

In conjunction with the January 14, 1999 acquisition of the Company by Smorgon, the values assigned to work-in-process and finished goods inventories included $2,619 of profits earned in the production of inventories prior to the date of acquisition. As a result of quantity liquidation during the period from January 14, 1999 to June 30, 1999, $462 of the profits earned in the production of inventories has been included in the "cost of products sold" caption of the statement of operations.

F-85

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, 1999

NOTE 4. LINE OF CREDIT

The Company had a $5,000 unsecured line-of-credit facility from a bank which expired on September 30, 1999. Borrowings were due on demand, were guaranteed by Smorgon, and bore interest, at the Company's option, at the bank's base rate (7.75% at June 30, 1999) or a fixed rate equal to the Eurodollar rate (5.10% at June 30, 1999) plus 0.35%. The Company had $3,000 of outstanding borrowings under this line of credit facility at June 30, 1999. The average borrowing rate during 1999 was 6.6%. The Company paid $433 in interest on its borrowings. All borrowings were repaid concurrent with The LTV Corporation transaction on October 1, 1999.

NOTE 5. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

At June 30, 1999, the "due to affiliates -- net" caption of the balance sheet includes the interest bearing (5.43%) advances from an affiliate of $43,179, which were used principally to fund construction of the Portland facility. The Company capitalized all $1,529 of such interest during the year ended June 30, 1999 and the interest was added to the principal balance of affiliate advances. Other amounts included in the "due to affiliates -- net" caption are a non-interest bearing advance from an affiliate of $13,203 and a receivable from an affiliate of $7,535 bearing interest at 7%. All advances to/from affiliates were repaid concurrent with The LTV Corporation transaction on October 1, 1999.

The Company was charged management fees from two of its affiliates for certain administrative services performed on behalf of the Company. The total amount of management fees charged to the Company during 1999 was $1,827.

Approximately $586 of the Company's net sales during the year ended June 30, 1999 were made to an affiliated entity.

NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the year ended June 30, 1999:

Current:
  Federal...................................    $  453
  State.....................................        65
Deferred:
  Federal...................................       424
  State.....................................        61
                                                ------
                                                $1,003
                                                ======

F-86

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, 1999

The income tax effects of the factors accounting for the differences between federal income tax computed at the statutory rate and the recorded provisions are follows:

Tax provision at statutory rate.............    $  665
Increases resulting from:
Goodwill amortization.......................       162
State taxes, net of federal benefit.........        98
Non-deductible expenses.....................        78
                                                ------
                                                $1,003
                                                ======

Significant components of the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows at June 30, 1999:

Deferred income tax assets:
  Employee benefits liabilities.................            $   683
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...............                 99
                                                            -------
Total deferred income tax assets................                782
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Excess tax depreciation over book.............              7,835
  Capital leases................................              1,445
  Inventories...................................              2,471
                                                            -------
Total deferred income tax liabilities...........             11,751
                                                            -------
Net deferred income tax liabilities.............            $10,969
                                                            =======

The Company made income tax payments to its parent of $1,553 in 1999 and $1,082 will be refunded to The LTV Corporation upon final determination of the working capital adjustments described in Note 1.

NOTE 7. COMMITMENTS AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company leases certain buildings, machinery and equipment, and office equipment under operating leases. Future minimum rental payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year at June 30, 1999, are as follows:

2000........................................    $  100
2001........................................        84
2002........................................        75
2003........................................        69
2004........................................        69
2005 and thereafter.........................     1,518
                                                ------
                                                $1,915
                                                ======

Total rent expense for all leases (including $979 of month-to-month warehouse rentals) amounted to approximately $1,087 in 1999.

F-87

WELDED TUBE CO. OF AMERICA

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, 1999

The Company leased certain machinery and equipment under a capital lease. Future minimum lease payments of $3,085 (including $73 of interest payments) are payable in fiscal year 2000. The net book value of assets under capital leases was $6,717 at June 30, 1999.

During 1999, the Company received an advance of $760 from its electric power supplier in Portland, Oregon, in exchange for the Company's commitment to purchase its electric power requirements (subject to defined minimum amounts which increase over the contract period). The Company has committed to purchase such electricity from January 1999 through June 2005, provided the Portland public utilities are de-regulated. The Company must purchase electrical power at the rate of thirty-three dollars per megawatt hour or at an alternative rate equivalent to the then market price of electric power plus two dollars per megawatt hour, at the election of the power supply company. The Company recognizes the advance of $760 as income based on the defined minimum amounts over the term of the agreement. As of June 30, 1999, the Company has recognized $18 of income as a result of this agreement.

NOTE 8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company maintains a 401(k) defined-contribution plan for the benefit of substantially all of its nonunion employees. Under the plan, the Company matches employee contributions, up to a maximum of 4% of each employee's salary.

The Company also maintains a defined-contribution plan that provides retirement benefits to eligible employees who are members of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters Local No. 714. The Company makes contributions to a trust on behalf of each eligible employee at the rate of approximately one hundred dollars per month, in accordance with the terms of the Company's union contract. In addition, the Company matches one-half of employee contributions, up to a maximum of 4% of each employee's salary.

Total contributions to these plans were $583 in 1999.

F-88



WE ARE OFFERING TO SELL, AND ARE SEEKING OFFERS TO BUY, THE SECURITIES ONLY IN JURISDICTIONS WHERE OFFERS AND SALES ARE PERMITTED. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER IMPLIES THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE LTV CORPORATION OR THAT THE INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS. YOU SHOULD RELY ON INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT FROM THAT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                          PAGE
                                          ----
Where You Can Find More Information.....    1
Forward-Looking Statements..............    1
Prospectus Summary......................    3
Risk Factors............................   13
Use of Proceeds.........................   23
The Acquisitions........................   24
Common Stock Price Range and Dividends
  Policy................................   29
Capitalization..........................   30
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial
  Information...........................   31
Selected Consolidated Financial
  Information and Certain Operating Data
  of The LTV Corporation................   37
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Results of Operations and Financial
  Condition of The LTV Corporation......   40
Selected Combined Financial Information
  and Certain Operating Data of
  Copperweld............................   58
Business................................   61
Management..............................   85
Description of Preferred Stock..........   88
Description of New Bank Financing.......  101
Description of New Senior Notes.........  102
Description of Certain Other
  Indebtedness..........................  104
Description of Capital Stock............  110
United States Federal Income Tax
  Considerations........................  115
Selling Stockholders....................  122
Plan of Distribution....................  123
Legal Matters...........................  124
Experts.................................  124
Notice of Transfer..................Appendix A
Index to Financial Statements...........  F-1





1,600,000 shares of 8 1/4% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock convertible into Common Stock of

The LTV Corporation

[LTV LOGO]


PROSPECTUS


--, 2000



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following is a statement of estimated expenses to be paid by the Registrant in convection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered.

SEC registration fee........................................  $ 21,120
Printing and engraving expenses.............................  $ 50,000
Legal fees and expenses of LTV..............................  $ 40,000
Accountants' fees and expenses..............................  $ 50,000
Miscellaneous...............................................  $  5,000
                                                              --------
     Total..................................................  $166,120
                                                              ========

ITEM 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporations Law ("Delaware Law") permits a corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision may not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for the payment of unlawful dividends, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the Delaware Law permits a corporation to indemnify any of its directors or officers who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any third party proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reason to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, i.e., one by or in the right of a corporation, the corporation is permitted to indemnify directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with the defense or settlement of an action or suit if they acted in good faith and in a manner that they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that the defendant directors or officers are fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability. A corporation may purchase indemnity insurance.

The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides in effect for the indemnification by the Company of each director and officer of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

II-1


ITEM 16. Exhibits

EXHIBIT
  NO.                               DOCUMENT
-------                             --------
  1.1     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 2, 1999
          among The LTV Corporation and the Initial Purchasers
  4.1*    Certificate of Designations for the Preferred Stock, dated
          as of November 5, 1999
  4.2     Form of Preferred Stock (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  5.1     Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell regarding the validity of
          the Preferred Stock and Common Stock being registered
 12.1     Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined
          Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
 23.1     Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell (contained in their opinion
          filed as Exhibit 5.1 above)
 23.2     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 24.1     Power of Attorney for LTV (included on the signature page of
          this registration statement)


* Previously filed.

ITEM 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment of any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

II-2


(b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provision, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the questions whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cleveland, Ohio, on the eighteenth day of December, 1999.

THE LTV CORPORATION

By: /s/ GLENN J. MORAN
  ------------------------------------
Glenn J. Moran
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary

The registrant and each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Glenn Moran his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file (i) a registration statement, and any and all amendments, thereto, relating to the offering covered hereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.

                     SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                            DATE
                     ---------                                       -----                            ----
/s/ PETER KELLY                                      Chairman of the Board of Directors and    December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------    Chief Executive Officer
Peter Kelly

/s/ GLENN J. MORAN                                   Senior Vice President, General Counsel    December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------    and Secretary
Glenn J. Moran

/s/ ERIC W. EVANS                                    Vice President and Controller             December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
Eric W. Evans

/s/ GEORGE T. HENNING                                Vice President and Chief Financial        December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------    Officer
George T. Henning

/s/ COLIN C. BLAYDON                                 Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
Colin C. Blaydon

/s/ WILLIAM H. BRICKER                               Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
William H. Bricker

/s/ JOHN E. JACOB                                    Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
John E. Jacob

II-4


                     SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                            DATE
                     ---------                                       -----                            ----
/s/ EDWARD C. JOULLIAN III                           Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
Edward C. Joullian III

/s/ M. THOMAS MOORE                                  Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
M. Thomas Moore

/s/ VINCENT A. SARNI                                 Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
Vincent A. Sarni

/s/ SAMUEL K. SKINNER                                Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
Samuel K. Skinner

/s/ STEPHEN B. TIMBERS                               Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
Stephen B. Timbers

/s/ FARAH M. WALTERS                                 Director                                  December 18, 1999
---------------------------------------------------
Farah M. Walters

II-5


EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
  NO.                               DOCUMENT
-------                             --------
  1.1     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 2, 1999
          among The LTV Corporation and the Initial Purchasers
  4.1*    Certificate of Designations for the Preferred Stock, dated
          as of November 5, 1999
  4.2     Form of Preferred Stock (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  5.1     Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell regarding the validity of
          the Preferred Stock and Common Stock being registered
 12.1     Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined
          Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
 23.1     Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell (contained in their opinion
          filed as Exhibit 5.1 above)
 23.2     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 24.1     Power of Attorney for LTV (included on the signature page of
          this registration statement)


* Previously filed.


Exhibit 1.1

EXECUTION COPY

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated November 2, 1999

among

THE LTV CORPORATION

and

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

and

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION



REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into November 2, 1999, among THE LTV CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED and CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
CORPORATION (the "Initial Purchasers").

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 1999, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the "Purchase Agreement"), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of up to 1,840,000 shares (including up to 240,000 shares that the Company has granted the Initial Purchasers an option to purchase pursuant to the Purchase Agreement) of its 8 1/4% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). The Preferred Stock will be convertible into shares of Common Stock, par value $0.50 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") at the conversion price set forth in the Final Memorandum (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Securities" refers to the Preferred Stock, all shares of Common Stock issued (i) as dividends thereon, (ii) on conversion thereof or
(iii) in redemption thereof, and any securities into which such shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be converted or into which they shall be changed by operation of law or otherwise. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

"1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

"1934 Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

"Certificate of Designations" shall mean the Certificate of Designations of 8 1/4% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock setting forth the Powers, Preferences, Rights, Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions of such Preferred Stock dated November 5, 1999 relating to the Preferred Stock.

"Closing Date" shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

"Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company's successors.

"Damage Payment Date" shall mean each quarterly dividend payment date set for in the Certificate of Designations.

"Holder" shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect


2

transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Certification of Designations.

"Initial Purchasers" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) (other than the Initial Purchasers or subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities if such subsequent holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holding of such Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount.

"Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Preferred Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in a Shelf Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Registrable Securities" shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been disposed of pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act or (iii) when such Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

"Registration Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Transfer Agent and its counsel, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the


3

Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (vi) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company, including the expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

"Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Shelf Registration" shall mean a registration effected pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof.

"Shelf Registration Statement" shall mean a "shelf" registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(a) of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by the Holders whose Registrable Securities are covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

"Transfer Agent" shall mean the transfer agent with respect to the Securities.

"Underwriter" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

"Underwritten Registration" or "Underwritten Offering" shall mean a registration in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

2. Registration Under the 1933 Act.

(a) The Company shall prepare, and not later than 90 days following the date of original issuance of the Preferred Stock, shall file with the SEC, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Securities. The Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective on or prior to 180 days after the date of original issuance of the Preferred Stock. The Company agrees to use its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for two years from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC or such shorter period that will terminate when all of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company shall be deemed not to have used its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Registrable Securities during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law; or (B) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company's obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of
Section 3(e)(v) and Section 3(i) hereof, if applicable. The Company further agrees to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form


4

used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the 1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably requested by a Holder with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use its best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company agrees to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(b) The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a). Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(c) A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that, if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Shelf Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement may legally resume.

(d) If (i) on or prior to the 90th day following the date of original issuance of the Preferred Stock, a Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed with the SEC, (ii) on or prior to the 180th day following the date of original issuance of the Preferred Stock, a Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC or (iii) after a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC, such Shelf Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (except as provided in the second to last paragraph of Section 3) in connection with resales of the Registrable Securities during the period specified in the third sentence of
Section 2(a) (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above, a "Registration Default"), liquidated damages ("Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages") will accrue on the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages will accrue at a rate of .25% per annum of the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by .25% per annum of the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.00% per annum of the liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock.

(e) The Company shall notify the Transfer Agent within one business day after each and every date on which a Registration Default occurs. Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages shall be paid by the Company to the record Holders of shares of Preferred Stock that are Registrable Securities on each Damages Payment Date by mailing checks to their registered addresses as they appear in the Preferred Stock register if no such accounts have been specified on or before the Damages Payment Date; provided that any Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages accrued with respect to any Preferred Stock or portion thereof called for redemption on a redemption date or converted into Common Stock on a conversion date prior to the Damages Payment Date, shall, in any such event, be paid instead to the Holder that submitted such Preferred Stock for redemption or conversion on the applicable redemption date or conversion date, as the case may be, on such date (promptly following the conversion date, in the case of conversion of Preferred Stock). Each obligation to pay Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages


5

shall be deemed to commence accruing on the date of the applicable Registration Default and to cease accruing when all Registration Defaults have been cured.

(f) All Preferred Stock Liquidated Damages with respect to any shares of Preferred Stock that are Registrable Securities, that remain unpaid when such Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or cease to be outstanding, shall remain unpaid obligations of the Company until they have been paid in full.

(g) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by it to comply with its obligations under Section 2(a) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's obligations under Section 2(a) hereof.

3. Registration Procedures.

In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and (y) shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use its best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective for the applicable period and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; to keep each Prospectus current during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities;

(c) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for the Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;


6

(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, to cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general consent to service of process or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

(e) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, counsel for the Holders and counsel for the Initial Purchasers promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement would be appropriate;

(f) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

(g) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(h) cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Certificate of


7

Designations) and registered in such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one business day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(i) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use its best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company agrees to notify the Holders to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and the Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

(j) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Shelf Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and the Holders and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and the Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement to a Shelf Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Shelf Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and the Holders and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and the Holders or their counsel) shall object, except for any amendment or supplement or document (a copy of which has been previously furnished to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel) which counsel to the Company shall advise the Company in writing is required in order to comply with applicable law;

(k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement;

(l) make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Securities, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by the Holders, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all financial and other records, pertinent documents and properties of the Company, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement;

(m) use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;


8

(n) use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be rated by two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (as such term is defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act);

(o) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such filing; and

(p) enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (iii) obtain "cold comfort" letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company, or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with underwritten offerings, and (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.

The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at its expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give any such notice to


9

suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall extend the period during which the Shelf Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company may give any such notice only twice during any 365 day period and any such suspensions may not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there may not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365 day period.

The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers (the "Underwriters") that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

4. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers, each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any Initial Purchaser, any Holder or any such controlling or affiliated Person in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Initial Purchasers or any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or any selling Holder expressly for the use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors, officers who sign the Shelf Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by


10

such Holder expressly for use in any Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such Person (the "indemnified party") shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "indemnifying party") in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Initial Purchasers and all Persons, if any, who control any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act, (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Shelf Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (c) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Holders and all Persons, if any, who control any Holders within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In such case involving the Initial Purchasers and Persons who control the Initial Purchasers, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In such case involving the Holders and such Persons who control Holders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders. In all other cases, such firm shall be designated by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but, if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 4 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether


11

the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or by the Holders, on the other hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 4(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder that were registered pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

(e) The Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, no Holder shall be required to indemnify or contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this
Section 4 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 4 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company and (iii) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company's other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however, that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 4 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder.


12

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) if to the Company, initially at the Company's address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5(c).

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Transfer Agent, at the address specified in the Final Memorandum (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Purchases and Sales of Securities. The Company shall not, and shall use its best efforts to cause its affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) not to, purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Securities.

(f) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.


13

(i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.


14

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

THE LTV CORPORATION

By /s/ Glenn J. Moran
   ----------------------------
   Name: Glenn J. Moran
   Title: Sr. Vice President

Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written:

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION

By: MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

By /s/  John D. Tyree
   ----------------------------
   Name: John D. Tyree
   Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 5.1

[LETTERHEAD OF DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL]

December 30, 1999

The LTV Corporation
200 Public Square
Cleveland, OH 44114

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel for The LTV Corporation (the "Company") in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement") filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The Registration Statement relates to registration under the Securities Act of
(i) the resale of the Company's 8 1/4% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, liquidation preference $50 per share (the "Preferred Shares") by certain holders of such Preferred Shares and (ii) the issuance of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares.

The Preferred Shares were issued pursuant to a Certificate of Designations dated as of November 5, 1999 and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officals and other instruments as we have deemed necessary of advisable for the purpose of rendering this opinion.

Based upon the foregoing we are of the opinion that:

1. The Preferred Shares have been duly authorized by the Company and are legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

2. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares have been duly authorized by the Company and such Common Stock, when issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares in accordance with the terms of the Preferred Shares, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The issuance of such Common Stock upon such conversion will not be subject to preemptive or similar rights.


We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and the foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In addition, we consent to the reference to us under the caption "Legal Matters" in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement.

This opinion is rendered solely to you in connection with the above matter. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or relied upon by or furnished to any other person without our prior written consent.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Davis Polk & Wardwell
-------------------------

2

Exhibit 12.1

STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)

                                             NINE MONTHS
                                                 ENDED                       YEARS ENDED
                                             SEPTEMBER 30,                   DECEMBER 31,
                                             --------------     ----------------------------------------
                                              1999     1998     1998      1997    1996     1995     1994
                                             -----     ----     ----      ----    ----     ----     ----
(A)       EARNINGS
    Pretax Income from continuing operations $(139)    $ 53     $(24)     $ 69    $173     $311     $203
    Earnings of unconsolidated subsidiary       15       29       55        27     (14)     (12)      (9)
    Add: Fixed Charges                          41       49       64        49      42       42       45
         Preferred dividends                    (2)      (3)      (3)       (4)     (4)      (4)      (3)
         Capitalized interest adjustment       (12)     (24)     (32)      (19)    (15)      (8)      (8)
         Minority interest                       7        2        2         4       8        8       10
                                             -----     ----     ----      ----    ----     ----     ----

         Adjusted Earnings                   $ (90)    $106     $ 62      $126    $190     $337     $238
                                             =====     ====     ====      ====    ====     ====     ====

(B)       FIXED CHARGES
    Interest Expense                         $  22     $ 26     $ 35      $ 22    $ 17     $ 19     $ 22
    Interest portion of rent expense            17       20       26        23      21       19       20
    Preferred dividends                          2        3        3         4       4        4        3
                                             -----     ----     ----      ----    ----     ----     ----
         Fixed Charges                       $  41     $ 49     $ 64      $ 49    $ 42     $ 42     $ 45
                                             =====     ====     ====      ====    ====     ====     ====

(A)(B) RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES       --      2.2      1.0       2.5     4.6       8.0      5.2
                                             =====     ====     ====      ====    ====      ====     ====

Note: Earnings were insufficient to cover combined fixed charges and preferred

dividends for the period ended September 30, 1999 by $131.


Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts." We also consent to the use of our reports included in or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-3, to be filed on or about December 30, 1999) and related Prospectus of the LTV Corporation for the registration of 1,600,000 shares of 8.25% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock and of related shares of Common Stock, as listed below:

- Our report dated January 30, 1999 (except for Note 5, as to which the date is May 31, 1999), with respect to the combined financial statements of Copperweld Corporation and Copperweld Canada, Inc.

- Our report dated December 10, 1999, with respect to the financial statements of Welded Tube Co. of America

- Our report dated January 28, 1999, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of The LTV Corporation, and

- Our report dated January 22, 1999, with respect to the financial statements of Trico Steel Company, L.L.C., incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement from The LTV Corporation's Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1998, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                                  /s/Ernst & Young LLP


Cleveland, Ohio


December 28, 1999

BROKERAGE PARTNERS